Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / ABM Industries

ABM Industries

abm · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker abm
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · ABM Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021
Annual Report

2022_ABM_Annual-Report-Cover.indd   1
2022_ABM_Annual-Report-Cover.indd   1

2/6/22   8:06 PM
2/6/22   8:06 PM

2022_ABM_Annual-Report-Cover.indd   2
2022_ABM_Annual-Report-Cover.indd   2

2/6/22   8:06 PM
2/6/22   8:06 PM

Dear Stockholders, 

2021 was an exceptional year for ABM, highlighted by strong financial performance and significant 
progress on multiple strategic fronts. Throughout the year, our global team continued to execute 
at the highest level, successfully navigating through a dynamic environment with agility, resiliency, 
and dedication to serve our clients, while at the same time, adapting to ever-changing COVID-19 
protocols and advancing our brand and competitive positioning in our served markets. 

During 2021 we generated revenue of $6.2 billion, up 4% from 2020.  Income from continuing 
operations (and net income) was $126.3 million, representing a significant increase over the prior 
year,  while  adjusted  income  from  continuing  operations*  increased  49%  to  $243.3  million. 
Adjusted  EBITDA*  margin  expanded  to  a  record  7.3%,  up  130  basis  points  from  2020,  and 
significantly higher than our pre-COVID-19 pandemic level. 2021 also marked 56th consecutive 
year in which we’ve paid a dividend, continuing our long-standing history.  We are proud of our 
financial performance which illustrates the resiliency of our business and the growing importance 
of the services we provide across a wide landscape of commercial facilities.  

Our strong results were largely driven by increased demand for our proprietary EnhancedClean™ 
services which we developed in 2020 specifically to address the evolving needs of our clients as 
they continue to manage through the COVID-19 pandemic.  Revenue growth was also bolstered 
by  a  higher  volume  of  work  orders  in  all  our  Industry  Groups  and  by  our  acquisition  of  Able 
Services (“Able”).  EBITDA and margin growth were the product of higher revenues and a more 
favorable  service  mix,  leveraged  by  our  ability  to  gain  efficiencies  through  the  strategic 
deployment of labor.  

Further,  we  produced  full  year  organic  revenue  growth  in  all  our  Industry  Groups,  apart  from 
Aviation,  which  has  been  the  most  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    That  being  said, 
Aviation  grew  strongly  in  the  second  half  of  2021  as  commercial  air  traffic  meaningfully 
rebounded.  Business  &  Industry  (“B&I”)  benefitted  from  new  contract  wins,  continued  client 
demand for work orders and strong growth in our distribution center end-markets. While office 
occupancy trended higher in 2021, office occupancy levels remain low by historical standards.  

Education and Technology & Manufacturing (“T&M”) both grew solidly in 2021, with Education 
benefitting from a broad-based return to classroom learning, while T&M markets moved in-line 
with a generally improved industrial economy. Lastly, Technical Solutions posted mid-single digit 
revenue  growth,  reflecting  our  fast-growing  e-mobility  business  and  improved  access  to  client 
sites. I am really excited about the prospects of our e-mobility business, which has a multi-year 
growth path in front of it driven by the ongoing transition to Electric Vehicles, which should be 
accelerated  by  the  recent  passage  of  the  federal  infrastructure  bill  which  included  $7.5  billion 
toward deploying EV charging stations nationwide.  We are extremely well-positioned as one of 
the largest EV charging station installers in the nation. 

We also made great progress on the strategic front in 2021 with the $830 million acquisition of 
Able,  a  leading  facilities  services  provider,  which  we  completed  in  September.  Able,  with 
approximately $1.1 billion in annualized revenue in 2021, substantially expands our geographic 
footprint,  broadens  our  capabilities,  and  increases  our  scale.  Able  derives  roughly  60%  of  its 
revenue  from  engineering  and  technical  services  and  40%  from  janitorial  services,  strongly 
complementing  our  existing  B&I  business  and  helping  us  be  a  more  comprehensive  service 
provider with our combined clients.  Beyond that, the acquisition will assist in helping us achieve 

 
 
 
 
 
 
our  strategic  growth  objectives  as  we  build  upon  our  offerings  to  include  integrated  facilities 
services and multi-service bundles to our core clients. 

We  also  finalized  our  new  5-year  strategic  plan  which  was  introduced  at  our  Investor  Day  in 
December 2021. Our ELEVATE plan was developed from our vast leanings during the COVID-
19 pandemic as well as our unique view and understanding of market trends. ELEVATE is a multi-
year  comprehensive  investment  initiative  intended  to  enhance  our  use  of  advanced  data  and 
analytics  to  capture  incremental  growth  and  profit  opportunities  arising  from  macro  shifts  in 
demographics,  rapidly  changing  workplace  dynamics  and  the  heightened  need  for  increased 
corporate sustainability. 

At its core, ELEVATE includes strategic investments in revenue growth initiatives, team member 
development,  workforce  management  and  digital  transformation.  Able  is  a  great  example  of  a 
revenue growth initiative and a critical component of our overall Elevate strategy.  In all, we believe 
these investments will accelerate our organic growth, strengthen profitability, and create a more 
rewarding experience for both clients and team members.  I am looking forward to sharing the 
progress of our ELEVATE program with you over the coming quarters. 

I was also pleased with the progress reported in our most recent Corporate Sustainability Report.  
This report emphasizes our ongoing commitment to a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace, 
as  well  as  our  obligation  to  minimize  our  impact  on  the  environment  and  to  do  business  in  a 
responsible way.   Our purpose – to take care of the people, spaces and places that are important 
to you – is more significant now than it has ever been and continues to drive many of the decisions 
we make across the organization.  I encourage you to learn more about our efforts by reading our 
Corporate Sustainability Report on our website, abm.com. 

We are entering 2022 from a position of strength, supported by a healthy balance sheet, solid 
cash flow and favorable growth trends across our business. We continue to support our clients 
by providing high-value services and solutions that have enabled them to navigate unprecedented 
challenges  over  the  past  couple  of  years.  And  with  the  recent  acquisition  of  Able  and  the 
ELEVATE initiative, we have positioned ABM for sustained success.  In short, I am excited about 
the direction in which we are heading and for ABM’s future. 

I want to thank our more than 100,000 team members for their amazing contributions in 2021.  It 
was  not  an  easy  year  by  any  stretch,  but  their  unwavering  commitment  and  dedication  to  our 
clients and our Company enabled us to not only weather the continuing storms of the COVID-19 
pandemic, but also to rise above these challenges to deliver truly exceptional performance for all 
our stakeholders. 

Thank you for your continued interest and strong support of ABM. 

Scott Salmirs  

President and Chief Executive Officer 

*Reconciliation of Non-GAAP to GAAP financial measures can be found in the back of this Annual
Report.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)

☑

☐

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021 
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to  

Commission File Number: 1-8929 

ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

94-1369354
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

__________________________
One Liberty Plaza, 7th Floor 
New York, New York 10006 

(Address of principal executive offices)

(212) 297-0200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

__________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol
ABM

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

__________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act.    Yes  ☑     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes  ☐  No  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past  90 
days.    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated 
filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” 
“accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated 
filer

☑

Accelerated
filer

☐

Non-accelerated 
filer

☐

Smaller reporting 
company

☐

Emerging growth 
company

☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended 
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 
13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment 
of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
(15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the   Act).   Yes    ☐   
No  ☑

Aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant,  based  upon  the 
closing  price  of  a  share  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  on April  30,  2021  as  reported  on  the  New  York  Stock 
Exchange on that date: $3,412,315,302

Number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2021: 67,317,979

_______________________________________________ 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain  parts  of  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  the  registrant’s  2022  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Item 2. Properties.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Item 6. [Reserved].

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Item 9B. Other Information.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

SIGNATURES

1

2

2

10

18

19

19

19

20

20

22

22

44

45

94

94

95

96

96

96

96

96

96

97

97

103

[This page intentionally left blank] 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for ABM Industries Incorporated and its subsidiaries (collectively referred 
to as “ABM,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) contains both historical and forward-looking statements, within the 
meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  We  make 
forward-looking  statements  related  to  future  expectations,  estimates,  and  projections  that  are  uncertain  and  often 
contain  words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “could,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “forecast,”  “intend,”  “likely,”  “may,” 
“outlook,”  “plan,”  “predict,”  “should,”  “target,”  or  other  similar  words  or  phrases.  These  statements  are  not 
guarantees of future performance and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that 
are difficult to predict. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in 
Part  1  of  this  Form  10-K  under  Item  1A.,  “Risk  Factors,”  and  we  urge  readers  to  consider  these  risks  and 
uncertainties  in  evaluating  our  forward-looking  statements.  We  caution  readers  not  to  place  undue  reliance  upon 
any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly 
update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except 
as required by law. 

1

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

General 

PART I

ABM  Industries  Incorporated,  which  operates  through  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  referred  to  as  “ABM,” 
“we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”), is a leading provider of integrated facility solutions with a mission to make a 
difference,  every  person,  every  day.  Our  history  dates  back  to  1909,  when  American  Building  Maintenance 
Company  began  as  a  window  washing  company  in  San  Francisco  with  one  employee.  In  1985,  we  were 
incorporated in Delaware under the name American Building Maintenance Industries, Inc., as the successor to the 
business  originally  founded  in  1909.  In  1994,  we  changed  our  name  to ABM  Industries  Incorporated.  Since  that 
time,  we  have  grown  into  a  multi-segment  facility  solutions  company,  primarily  through  strategic  acquisitions  and 
new service offerings, increasing our revenue from $3 billion to more than $6 billion.

The  acquisition  of  OneSource  in  2007  bolstered ABM  as  a  leader  in  the  janitorial  market,  while  the  Linc 
Group  acquisition  in  2010  established ABM  as  a  “facility  solutions”  company  with  new  service  offerings,  including 
lighting,  mechanical,  and  electrical  “technical  solutions.”  With  demand  increasing  for  industry-specific  service 
providers,  in  2012  we  purchased Air  Serv  and  established  our  first  industry  group,  “aviation.”  In  recent  years,  we 
have  strategically  acquired  companies  in  the  United  Kingdom  (“U.K.”),  particularly  with  the  GBM  and  Westway 
acquisitions, which expanded our janitorial and technical solutions businesses overseas. 

In 2015, we began a comprehensive transformational initiative (“2020 Vision”) to drive long-term, profitable 
growth  through  an  industry-based,  go-to-market  approach. As  part  of  this  initiative,  we  centralized  key  functional 
areas, strengthened our sales capabilities, and initiated investments in service delivery tools and processes to help 
support standard operating practices that we believe are foundational to our long-term success. 

As part of the transformation initiative, we also evaluated all of our service offerings and sold our Security 

and Government Services businesses, which did not align with our long-term focus on industry groups.

In 2017, we acquired GCA Services Group (“GCA”), a provider of integrated facility services to educational 
institutions  and  commercial  facilities,  for  approximately  $1.3  billion,  the  largest  acquisition  in  ABM  history.  The 
acquisition accelerated the Company’s position as a leading facility solutions provider in the education market.  

In  2021,  we  acquired  Crown  Building  Maintenance  Co.  and  Crown  Energy  Services,  Inc.  (collectively, 
“Able”), a leading facilities services company headquartered in San Francisco, California, with the goal to provide 
additional  scaling  to  the  Company’s  core  businesses  and  key  geographies  and  bolstering  ABM’s  janitorial  and 
facilities  services  service  lines.  In  addition,  the  acquisition  of Able  (“the Able Acquisition”)  further  expands ABM’s 
sustainability and energy efficiency offerings amid growing demand for environmentally responsible solutions.

As a result of these strategic changes, we have strengthened our ability to offer Janitorial, Parking, Facilities 
Services, Building & Energy Solutions, and Airline Services, on a standalone basis or in combination, and positioned 
ourselves as a leading integrated facilities management company.

2

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to years are to our fiscal year, which ends on October 31.

Forward-Looking Strategic Plan

Leveraging the various accomplishments achieved through 2020 Vision, the Company is embarking on the 
next  step  of  our  journey  with  a  multi-year  strategic  plan  called  ELEVATE.  Our  new  strategy  is  designed  to 
strengthen our industry leadership position through end-market repositioning and build on our core services, which 
we expect will drive significant long-term value for our stakeholders. 

Over  the  next  four  years,  we  plan  to  make  significant  investments  totaling  $150  -  $175  million  and 

implement various measures with the aim to ELEVATE:

•

•

•

the client experience, by serving as a trusted advisor who can provide innovative multiservice solutions and 
consistent service delivery;

the  team  member  experience,  by  investing  in  workforce  management,  training,  developing  the  next 
generation of ABM leaders, and building on our inclusive culture; and

our  use  of  technology  and  data  to  power  client  and  employee  experiences  with  cutting-edge  data  and 
analytics, processes, and tools that will fundamentally change how we operate our business.

3

Contract Types

We generate revenues under several types of contracts, as explained below. Generally, the type of contract 
is  determined  by  the  nature  of  the  services.  Although  many  of  our  service  agreements  are  cancelable  on  short 
notice,  we  have  historically  had  a  high  rate  of  client  retention  and  expect  to  continue  maintaining  long-term 
relationships with our clients. See Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Notes 
to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the contract types that are most common in 
each of our service lines. 

Contract Type

Description

Monthly Fixed-
Price

These arrangements are contracts in which the client agrees to pay a fixed fee every month over 
a specified contract term.

Square-Foot

Square-foot  arrangements  are  contracts  in  which  the  client  agrees  to  pay  a  fixed  fee  every 
month based on the actual square footage serviced over a specified contract term. 

Cost-Plus

These arrangements are contracts in which the clients reimburse us for the agreed-upon amount 
of  wages  and  benefits,  payroll  taxes,  insurance  charges,  and  other  expenses  associated  with 
the contracted work, plus a profit margin. 

Work Orders

Work  orders  generally  consist  of  supplemental  services  requested  by  clients  outside  of  the 
standard  service  specification  and  include  cleanup  after  tenant  moves,  construction  cleanup, 
flood cleanup, snow removal, and high touchpoint disinfecting services. 

Transaction-
Price

These  are  arrangements  in  which  customers  are  billed  a  fixed  price  for  each  transaction 
performed on a monthly basis (e.g., wheelchair passengers served or airplane cabins cleaned). 

Hourly

In hourly arrangements, the client is billed a fixed hourly rate for each labor hour provided. 

Management 
Reimbursement

Under  these  parking  arrangements,  we  manage  a  parking  facility  for  a  management  fee  and 
pass through the revenue and expenses associated with the facility to the owner.

Leased Location

Under  these  parking  arrangements,  we  pay  a  fixed  amount  of  rent  plus  a  percentage  of 
revenues  derived  from  monthly  and  transient  parkers  to  the  property  owner.  We  retain  all 
revenues received and are responsible for most operating expenses incurred.

Allowance

Under these parking arrangements, we are paid a fixed amount or hourly fee to provide parking 
services, and we are responsible for certain operating expenses, as specified in the contract.

Energy Savings 
Contracts and 
Fixed-Price 
Repair and 
Refurbishment

Under  these  arrangements,  we  agree  to  develop,  design,  engineer,  and  construct  a  project. 
Additionally,  as  part  of  bundled  energy  solutions  arrangements,  we  guarantee  the  project  will 
satisfy agreed-upon performance standards.

Franchise

We franchise certain engineering services through individual and area franchises under the Linc 
Service and TEGG brands, which are part of ABM Technical Solutions.

4

Segment and Geographic Financial Information

Our  current  reportable  segments  consist  of  Business  &  Industry  (“B&I”),  Technology  &  Manufacturing 
(“T&M”),  Education,  Aviation,  and  Technical  Solutions.  The  newly  acquired  Able  is  integrated  within  our  B&I 
reportable  segment.  For  segment  and  geographic  financial  information,  see  Note  17,  “Segment  and  Geographic 
Information,” in the Notes to consolidated financial statements. 

 REPORTABLE SEGMENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS

B&I,  our  largest  reportable  segment,  encompasses  janitorial,  facilities 
engineering,  and  parking  services  for  commercial  real  estate  properties, 
sports  and  entertainment  venues,  and  traditional  hospitals  and  non-acute 
healthcare  facilities.  B&I  also  provides  vehicle  maintenance  and  other 
services  to  rental  car  providers.  We  typically  provide  services  in  this 
segment  pursuant  to  monthly  fixed-price,  square-foot,  cost-plus,  and 
parking  arrangements  (i.e.,  management  reimbursement,  leased  location, 
or allowance) that are obtained through a competitive bid process as well 
as pursuant to work orders.

T&M  provides  janitorial,  facilities  engineering,  and  parking  services  to 
industrial and high-tech manufacturing facilities. We typically provide these 
services  pursuant  to  monthly  fixed-price,  square-foot,  cost-plus,  and 
parking arrangements that are obtained through a competitive bid process 
as well as pursuant to work orders.

Education delivers janitorial, custodial, landscaping and grounds, facilities 
engineering,  and  parking  services  for  public  school  districts,  private 
schools,  colleges,  and  universities.  These  services  are  typically  provided 
pursuant  to  monthly  fixed-price,  square-foot,  and  cost-plus  arrangements 
that  are  obtained  through  either  a  competitive  bid  process  or  re-bid  upon 
renewal as well as pursuant to work orders.

Aviation  supports  airlines  and  airports  with  services  ranging  from  parking 
and  janitorial  to  passenger  assistance,  catering  logistics,  air  cabin 
maintenance, and transportation. We typically provide services to clients in 
this  segment  under  master  services  agreements.  These  agreements  are 
typically  re-bid  upon  renewal  and  are  generally  structured  as  monthly 
fixed-price,  square-foot,  cost-plus,  parking,  transaction-price,  and  hourly 
arrangements.  One  client  accounted  for  approximately  16%  of  revenues 
for this segment in 2021.

Technical  Solutions  specializes  in  mechanical  and  electrical  services. 
These  services  can  also  be  leveraged  for  cross-selling  across  all  of  our 
industry  groups,  both  domestically  and  internationally.  Contracts  for  this 
segment  are  generally  structured  as  energy  savings,  fixed-price  repair,  
refurbishment contracts, and franchise arrangements.

5

Service Marks, Trademarks, and Trade Names

We hold various service marks, trademarks, and trade names, such as “ABM,” “ABM Building Value,” “ABM 
Greencare,”  “EnhancedClean,”  “EnhancedFacility,”  “Linc  Service,”  “MPower,”  and  “TEGG,”  which  we  deem 
important to our marketing activities, to our business, and, in some cases, to the franchising activities conducted by 
our Technical Solutions segment.

Dependence on Significant Client

No client accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues during 2021, 2020, or 2019.

Competition

We  believe  that  each  aspect  of  our  business  is  highly  competitive  and  that  such  competition  is  based 
primarily  on  price,  quality  of  service,  efficiency  enhancements,  adapting  to  changing  workplace  conditions,  and 
ability  to  anticipate  and  respond  to  industry  changes. A  majority  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from  projects  requiring 
competitive  bids;  however,  an  invitation  to  bid  is  often  conditioned  upon  prior  experience,  industry  expertise,  and 
financial  strength. The  low  cost  of  entry  in  the  facility  services  business  results  in  a  very  competitive  market.  We 
mainly  compete  with  regional  and  local  owner-operated  companies  that  may  have  more  acute  vision  into  local 
markets  and  significantly  lower  labor  and  overhead  costs,  providing  them  with  competitive  advantages  in  those 
regards. We also compete indirectly with companies that can perform for themselves one or more of the services 
we provide. 

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing activities include digital engagement and direct interactions with prospective and 
existing  clients,  pricing,  proposal  management,  and  customer  relationship  management  by  dedicated  business 
development teams, operations personnel, and management. These activities are executed by branch and regional 
sales,  marketing,  and  operations  teams  assigned  to  our  industry  groups  and  are  supported  by  centralized  sales 
support teams, inside sales teams, and marketing personnel. The sales and marketing teams acquire, nurture, and 
manage leads through the sales buying process, as well as train personnel on product offerings, sales tools, and 
proposal systems, all governed by standard operating procedures. 

Regulatory Environment

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, and/or local laws, rules, and regulations regulating the 
discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  protection  of  the  environment,  as  well  as 
laws and regulations relating to, among other things, labor, wages, and health and safety matters. Historically, the 
cost  of  complying  with  these  laws,  rules,  and  regulations  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability

As a company with more than 110 years of history and experience, we understand the need to embed and 
integrate  corporate  responsibility  into  and  within  our  business  practices  and  commit  to  sustainable  operations  to 
create value and support the long-term success of our business, shareholders, employees, and clients. 

Our  strategy  has  evolved  over  the  years  to  align  with  our  stakeholders’  expectations  regarding 
environmental,  social,  and  governance  (“ESG”)  policies.  We  have  established  three  strategic  axes  of  our 
sustainability strategy based on the topics that are critical to our business: doing business in a responsible way to 
ensure compliance with ethical business practices and bring sustainable services to the market; ensuring the well-
being and professional development of our employees; and managing our carbon footprint to grow environmentally 
friendly practices. 

Our  Board  of  Directors  and  its  Stakeholder  and  Enterprise  Risk  Committee  are  responsible  for  the 
Company’s  activities  and  practices  relating  to  social,  environmental,  and  public  policy  matters.  Additionally,  our 
internal  sustainability  team  works  in  cross  functional  collaboration  with  departments  throughout  and  across  the 
enterprise to advance our sustainability and ESG strategies.

Since 2011, we have voluntarily published a Sustainability Report on an annual basis in alignment with the 
Global Reporting Initiative framework and the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board to address our business, 

6

our employees, and the environment. More information about our sustainability performance, progress, and goals 
can be found in the corporate sustainability section of our corporate website. 

Human Capital

Our  employees  are  the  driving  force  behind  everything  we  do,  and  supporting  our  employees  is  a 
foundational value for the Company. Direct labor costs represented 68% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2021. As 
of  October  31,  2021,  we  employed  approximately  124,000  employees,  of  whom  approximately  44,000,  or  35%, 
were  subject  to  various  local  collective  bargaining  agreements. As  of  October  31,  2021,  our  frontline  employees 
represented 93% of our total workforce, while staff and management employees represented the other 7%.

Our human capital strategy is grounded by our values and our employees; we prioritize our human capital 
development  in  order  to  do  business  in  a  responsible  way  and  ensure  our  employees’  success. The  execution  of 
this  strategy  is  overseen  at  the  highest  levels  of  our  organization,  from  our  Board  of  Directors,  our  Board  of 
Directors’ Stakeholder and Enterprise Risk Committee, and across our senior management. 

Business ethics

Our Code of Business Conduct ensures that our core values of respect, integrity, collaboration, innovation, 
trust, and excellence are applied throughout our operations. Our Code of Business Conduct serves as a critical tool 
to help all of us recognize and report unethical conduct, while preserving and nurturing our culture of honesty and 
accountability.  We  provide  a  comprehensive  annual  training  and  certification  program  on  our  Code  of  Business 
Conduct for our Board of Directors and all of our staff and management employees. 

Human resources, hiring, and training

With  a  team  of  approximately  124,000  employees  across  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom,  and  other 
locations,  we  continue  to  make  investments  in  our  human  resources  (“HR”)  organization  and  structure  toward 
centralized and standardized hiring and training practices, including incorporating modeling and advanced analytics 
in  our  HR  processes  to  drive  improvement  in  the  retention  and  engagement  of  our  frontline  employees,  who 
constitute the majority of our workforce. 

In fiscal year 2021, we successfully piloted a frontline leadership training program, which we plan to formally 
launch  enterprise-wide.  Through  this  program,  we  are  aiming  to  develop  the  management  and  coaching  skills  of 
frontline supervisors to improve the employee experience, create an environment for career growth, and increase 
retention. 

We also enhanced recruiting strategies to keep our client facilities staffed and improve our ability to hire in a 
more efficient manner. Specifically, in fiscal year 2021, we introduced a rapid recruiting program that expands the 
reach of our talent acquisition efforts through new processes, strategic solutions, and targeted marketing efforts to 
better attract and retain talent.

Team Member Experience is one of the main pillars of our ELEVATE strategy. We plan to make significant 
investments to attract, develop, and retain talent and to help our operators manage labor more efficiently, including 
the development of a new applicant tracking system and enhanced workforce management tools.

Our online training platform, ABM University, provides our staff and management employees with access to 
a multitude of training courses, videos, reference material, and other tools. Outside of ABM University our frontline 
employees receive on-the-job training to ensure we are executing for our clients. 

Compensation and employee benefits

In addition to competitive wages and salaries, we provide all of our employees access to a variety of health 
and  wellness  benefits,  including  a  24/7  employee  assistance  program,  as  well  as  the  addition  of  telemedicine 
benefits  and  a  dedicated  COVID-19  employee  resource  site  in  response  to  the  Novel  Coronavirus  (“COVID-19”) 
Pandemic  (the  “Pandemic”).  Our  comprehensive  benefits  offerings  are  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  our 
employees.

Labor relations

With  approximately  44,000  union-represented  employees,  we  are  party  to  more  than  300  collective 
bargaining  agreements  nationwide,  with  more  than  20  major  labor  unions.  Our  collective  bargaining  agreements 

7

include regional multiemployer agreements covering thousands of employees as well as localized site agreements 
covering smaller groups. We strive to interact with our labor partners in an atmosphere of mutual respect, and we 
always seek to resolve any dispute in an equitable manner. 

Safe working environment

The cornerstone of our comprehensive risk management and safety program is safety awareness. We have 
established a “safety-first” culture through various programs and initiatives including, but not limited to, incorporation 
into  our  daily  shift  protocols,  training,  and  alignment  with  our  corporate  incentive  plans.  Our  safety  programs  for 
fiscal year 2021 helped produce claim frequency reductions.

A critical component of ABM’s commitment to fostering a professional and safe working environment for all 
of our employees is our zero tolerance for sexual and other unlawful harassment. For example, in recent years, we 
have taken actions to further strengthen our safeguards against harassment, including expanding our robust anti-
harassment  trainings  and  policies.  We  take  any  claim  of  unlawful  harassment  seriously  and  remain  committed  to 
providing a safe workplace for all.

Culture and inclusion

Grounded by our values and guided by our mission, we employ approximately 124,000 individuals from all 
backgrounds  with  the  talent,  experience,  and  compassion  that  enable  us  to  best  deliver  for  those  we  serve.  We 
cultivate a culture aimed at ensuring that our employees feel seen, heard, and valued.

Diversity, inclusion, equity, and belonging are core to this culture. Inviting different perspectives and driving 
inclusion enables us to connect meaningfully, adapt, and innovate. In 2020, we established the Company’s Culture 
and Inclusion Leadership Council, supported by our executive leadership team and guided by our employees. This 
council is focused on how ABM successfully converts its values into measurable action. In fiscal year 2021, through 
meetings of this council and employees surveys and with the assistance of third-party experts, the council identified 
four  key  focus  areas,  including:  training,  data  and  analytics,  internal  engagement,  and  partnering  with  respected 
organizations dedicated to building a more equitable society. 

Activities  of  the  Culture  and  Inclusion  Leadership  Council  are  reported  to  the  Board’s  Stakeholder  and 
Enterprise  Risk  Committee  through  management  presentations  on  matters  such  as  corporate  culture,  diversity, 
equity, and inclusion. 

We  are  an  Equal  Opportunity  and Affirmative Action  employer  in  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Executive Order 11246 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance 
Act. 

8

Available Information

Our  corporate  website  is  www.abm.com.  The  content  on  any  website  referred  to  in  this  filing  does  not 
constitute, and should not be viewed as, a part of this Annual Report, and our website is not incorporated into this or 
any of our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We make available, free of charge 
through our website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 
8-K, proxy statements, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or 
furnished  to  the  SEC. Additionally,  the  SEC  maintains  a  website  at  www.sec.gov  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and 
information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

Executive Officers of Registrant

Executive Officers on December 22, 2021 

Name
Scott Salmirs

Age
59

Earl R. Ellis

Joshua H. Feinberg

Rene Jacobsen

Sean M. Mahoney

Andrea R. Newborn

Raúl Valentin

Dean A. Chin

56

47

60

55

58

58

53

Principal Occupations and Business Experience
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of ABM  since  March  2015;  Executive 
Vice  President  of  ABM  from  September  2014  to  March  2015,  with  global 
responsibility  for  ABM’s  Aviation  division  and  all  international  activities; 
Executive  Vice  President  of ABM’s  Onsite  Services  division  focused  on  the 
Northeast from 2003 to September 2014; Member of the Board of Directors of 
ABM since January 2015.

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ABM since November 
2020; Senior Vice President, Finance and Procurement of Best Buy Co. Inc. 
from  January  2018  to  November  2020;  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Best  Buy 
Canada from May 2016 to December 2017; Vice President, Finance, Retail of 
Canadian Tire Corporation Limited from May 2014 to May 2016.

Executive Vice President,  Chief Strategy and Transformation Officer  of ABM 
since  November  2019;  Managing  Director  and  Partner  of  The  Boston 
Consulting Group from July 2014 to November 2019.

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  ABM  since 
November  2020;  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Facilities  Services 
Officer  of  ABM  from  October  2019  to  November  2020;  President  of  ABM’s 
Business  &  Industry  Group  from  February  2016  to  October  2019;  Executive 
Vice  President  of  ABM’s  West  Region  from  April  2012  to  February  2016; 
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Temco  Service 
Industries from November 2007 to April 2012.

Executive  Vice  President  and  President,  Sales  and  Marketing  of ABM  since 
November  2020;  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  of ABM  from August  2017  to 
October  2020;  Vice  President,  Sales  of  Honeywell  from  July  2015  to  July 
2017.
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary of ABM 
since  July  2017;  Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of 
TravelClick,  Inc.  from  July  2014  to  June  21017;  Senior  Vice  President, 
General  Counsel,  and  Secretary  of  The  Reader’s  Digest  Association,  Inc. 
from March 2007 to February 2014.

Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of ABM since 
September  2021;  Senior  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  of  ABM  from 
February 2019 to August 2021; Senior Vice President, Human Resources of 
Coty Inc. from 2016 to 2018; Vice President, Human Resources of Comcast 
Strategic & Business Development from 2015 to 2016; Vice President, Talent 
Acquisition of Comcast from 2011 to 2015.

Treasurer  of ABM  since  May  2021;  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief Accounting 
Officer,  and  Corporate  Controller  of  ABM  since  June  2010;  Interim  Chief 
Financial  Officer  of ABM  from  July  2020  to  November  2020;  Vice  President 
and Assistant Controller of ABM from June 2008 to June 2010.

9

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

The following risks, some of which have occurred and any of which may occur in the future, could materially 
and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations, and/or the trading price of 
our common stock. The risks described below identify the material risks we face; however, our business could also 
be affected by factors that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial. You should 
carefully  consider  the  risks  described  below  in  addition  to  the  other  information  set  forth  in  this Annual  Report  on 
including  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Form  10-K, 
Operations”  (“MD&A”)  and  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  (the  “Financial 
Statements”). 

Risks Relating to the Pandemic

The Pandemic has had and is expected to continue having a negative effect on the global economy and the 
United  States  economy.  It  has  disrupted  and  is  expected  to  continue  disrupting  our  operations  and  our 
clients’  operations,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  and 
financial condition.

The  Pandemic  and  measures  taken  by  authorities  in  response  to  the  Pandemic,  such  as  travel  bans  and 
restrictions,  shelter-in-place/stay-at-home  orders,  and  business  and  school  shutdowns,  have  disrupted  and  are 
expected  to  continue  disrupting  the  economy  and  our  business. These  disruptions  heighten  the  potential  adverse 
effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows that are described in certain of the 
risk factors described below. The evolving scale and scope of the Pandemic will affect the degree of these adverse 
effects, including, but not limited to, the likelihood of and impacts from:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

overall  economic  conditions,  which  have  been  and  will  likely  continue  to  be  adversely  impacted  by  the 
Pandemic and related shutdowns;

our  ability  to  maintain  sufficient  key  personnel  due  to  employee  illness,  quarantine  requirements,  vaccine 
requirements, worker absences, social-distancing requirements, and travel or other restrictions;

reduced availability and productivity of labor; 

continued or expanded closures of our clients’ facilities; 

our clients’ demand and ability to pay for our services, or attempts by our clients to defer payments owed to 
us; 

our ability to obtain new clients, expand, or otherwise execute strategic plans; 

our ability to comply with new legal or regulatory requirements enacted in connection with the Pandemic;

legal actions or proceedings related to the Pandemic; and

the ability of third parties on which we rely, including our suppliers, to timely meet their obligations to us, or 
significant disruptions in their ability to do so.

The  extent  of  the  impact  of  the  Pandemic  depends  on  future  developments  and  remains  highly  uncertain 
due to the unknown duration and severity of the Pandemic. Given these uncertainties, we cannot estimate the full 
impacts  the  Pandemic  will  have  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  or  financial  condition,  but  the 
adverse impacts could be material.

Risks Relating to Our Strategy and Operations

Our success depends on our ability to gain profitable business despite competitive market pressures.

Each aspect of our business is highly competitive and such competition is based primarily on price, quality 
of  service,  and  ability  to  anticipate  and  respond  to  industry  changes.  A  majority  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from 
services  that  require  competitive  bids.  The  low  cost  of  entry  in  the  facility  services  business  results  in  a  very 
competitive  market.  We  compete  mainly  with  regional  and  local  owner-operated  companies  that  may  have  more 
acute vision into local markets and significantly lower labor and overhead costs, providing them with a competitive 
advantage  in  those  regards.  We  also  compete  indirectly  with  companies  that  can  perform  for  themselves  one  or 
more of the services we provide. Further, if we are unable to respond adequately to changing technology, we may 

10

lose  existing  clients  and  fail  to  win  future  business  opportunities.  A  failure  to  respond  effectively  to  competitive 
pressures  or  failure  in  our  ability  to  increase  prices  as  costs  rise  could  reduce  margins  and  materially  adversely 
affect our financial performance. 

Our  business  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  and  senior 
management and to manage labor costs.

Our  future  performance  depends  on  the  continuing  services  and  contributions  of  our  senior  management 
and on our continued ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Any unplanned turnover in senior management 
or  inability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  results  of  operations.  We 
employ  approximately  124,000  persons,  and  our  operations  depend  on  the  services  of  a  large  and  diverse 
workforce. We must attract, train, and retain a large and growing number of qualified employees while controlling 
related labor costs. Our ability to control labor and benefit costs is subject to numerous internal and external factors, 
including  changes  in  the  unemployment  rate,  changes  in  immigration  policy,  regulatory  changes,  prevailing  wage 
rates,  and  competition  we  face  from  other  companies  for  qualified  employees.  During  2021,  we  experienced  an 
overall tightening and increasingly competitive labor market. This was attributed to, among other things, increased 
federal  unemployment  subsidies,  including  unemployment  benefits  offered  in  response  to  the  ongoing  Pandemic, 
and  other  government  regulations. A  sustained  labor  shortage  could  lead  to  increased  costs,  such  as  increased 
overtime incurred to meet the demands of our customers and increased wage rates to attract and retain employees. 
Further,  many  of  our  contracts  provide  that  our  clients  pay  certain  costs  at  specified  rates,  such  as  insurance, 
healthcare costs, salary and salary-related expenses, and other costs. If actual costs exceed the rates specified in 
the contracts, our profitability may be negatively impacted. There is no assurance that in the future we will be able to 
attract  or  retain  qualified  employees  or  effectively  manage  labor  and  benefit  costs,  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Investments  in  and  changes  to  our  businesses,  operating  structure,  financial  reporting  structure,  or 
personnel  relating  to  our  ELEVATE  strategy,  including  the  implementation  of  strategic  transformations, 
enhanced business processes, and technology initiatives, may not have the desired effects on our financial 
condition and results of operations.

We  have  made  and  expect  to  continue  to  make  significant  investments  in  various  initiatives  intended  to 
drive  long-term  profitable  growth  and  increase  operational  efficiency.  These  investments  in  and  changes  to  our 
business  systems  and  processes  may  not  create  the  growth,  operational  efficiencies,  competitive  advantage,  or 
cost benefits that we expect and could result in unanticipated consequences, including substantial disruption to our 
back-office  operations  and  service  delivery.  Moreover,  the  execution  of  our  ELEVATE  strategy  may  result  in 
substantial  expenses  in  excess  of  what  is  currently  forecast.  While  we  anticipate  that  certain  expenses  will  be 
incurred, such expenses are difficult to estimate accurately and may exceed current estimates.

Our ability to preserve long-term client relationships is essential to our continued success.

We  primarily  provide  services  pursuant  to  agreements  that  are  cancelable  by  either  party  upon  30  to  90 
days’  notice. As  we  generally  incur  higher  initial  costs  on  new  contracts  until  the  labor  management  and  facilities 
operations normalize, our business associated with long-term client relationships is generally more profitable than 
short-term  client  relationships.  If  we  lose  a  significant  number  of  long-term  clients,  our  profitability  could  be 
negatively impacted, even if we gain equivalent revenues from new clients.

We depend to a large extent on our relationships with clients and our reputation for quality integrated facility 
solutions.  Maintaining  our  existing  client  relationships  is  an  important  factor  contributing  to  our  business  success. 
Among other things, adverse publicity stemming from an accident or other incident involving our facility operations 
or  employees  related  to  injury,  illness,  death,  or  alleged  criminal  activity  could  harm  our  reputation,  result  in  the 
cancellation of contracts or inability to retain clients, and expose us to significant liability.

Our international business involves risks different from those we face in the United States that could have 
an effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We have business operations in jurisdictions outside of the United States, most significantly in the United 
Kingdom. Our international operations are subject to risks that are different from those we face in the United States 
and  subject  us  to  complex  and  frequently  changing  laws  and  regulations,  including  differing  labor  laws  and 
regulations  relating  to  the  protection  of  certain  information  that  we  collect  and  maintain  about  our  employees, 
clients,  and  other  third  parties. Among  these  laws  is  the  U.K.  Modern  Slavery Act,  the  U.K.  Bribery Act,  and  the 
European  Union  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (the  “GDPR”),  which  took  effect  in  May  2018. The  failure  to 

11

comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations  could  subject  us  to  significant  litigation,  monetary  damages,  regulatory 
enforcement  actions,  or  fines  in  one  or  more  jurisdictions.  More  generally,  the  economic,  political,  monetary,  and 
operational impacts of Brexit, including unanticipated impacts to the U.K. real estate market and general economic 
conditions in the United Kingdom, could negatively impact our U.K. business, including reducing our margins.

In addition, when we participate in joint ventures that operate outside of the United States where we are not 
a  controlling  party,  we  may  have  limited  control  over  the  joint  venture. Any  improper  actions  by  our  joint  venture 
employees,  partners,  or  agents,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  failure  to  comply  with  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices  Act,  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  and/or  laws  relating  to  human  trafficking,  could  result  in  civil  or  criminal 
investigations, monetary and non-monetary penalties, or other consequences, any of which could have an adverse 
effect on our financial position as well as on our reputation and ability to conduct business.

Additionally,  the  operating  results  of  our  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars,  and  those 
translations are affected by movements in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. There can be no assurance 
that  the  foregoing  factors  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  international  operations  or  on  our 
consolidated financial condition and results of operations. 

Our use of subcontractors or joint venture partners to perform work under customer contracts exposes us 
to liability and financial risk.

We depend on subcontractors or other parties, such as joint venture partners, to perform work in situations 
in  which  we  are  not  able  to  self-perform  the  work  involved.  Such  arrangements  may  involve  subcontracts  or  joint 
venture relationships where we do not have direct control over the performing party. We may be exposed to liability 
whenever  one  or  more  of  our  subcontractors  or  joint  venture  partners,  for  whatever  reason,  fails  to  perform  or 
allegedly  negligently  performs  the  agreed-upon  services.  Although  we  have  in  place  controls  and  programs  to 
monitor the work of our subcontractors and our joint venture partners, there can be no assurance that these controls 
or programs will have the desired effect, and we may incur significant liability as a result of the actions or inactions 
of one or more of our subcontractors or joint venture partners. 

Risks Relating to Acquisitions, Including the Able Acquisition, and Relating to Divestitures, or Strategic 
Transactions 

Acquisitions,  divestitures,  and  other  strategic  transactions  could  fail  to  achieve  financial  or  strategic 
objectives, disrupt our ongoing business, and adversely impact our results of operations.

In furtherance of our business strategy, we routinely evaluate opportunities and may enter into agreements 
for possible acquisitions, divestitures, or other strategic transactions. In the past, a significant portion of our growth 
has been generated by acquisitions, and we may continue to acquire businesses in the future as part of our growth 
strategy.  However,  we  may  encounter  challenges  identifying  opportunities  in  a  timely  manner  or  on  terms 
acceptable to us. Furthermore, there is no assurance that any such transaction will result in synergistic benefits. A 
potential  acquisition,  divestiture,  or  other  strategic  transaction  may  involve  a  number  of  risks  including,  but  not 
limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  transaction  may  not  effectively  advance  our  business  strategy,  and  its  anticipated  benefits  may  never 
materialize; 

our ongoing operations may be disrupted, and management time and focus may be diverted;

clients or key employees of an acquired business may not remain, which could negatively impact our ability 
to grow that acquired business;

integration  of  an  acquired  business’s  accounting,  information  technology,  HR,  and  other  administrative 
systems may fail to permit effective management and expense reduction;

unforeseen challenges may arise in implementing internal controls, procedures, and policies;

additional  indebtedness  incurred  as  a  result  of  an  acquisition  may  impact  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, and cash flows; and

unanticipated or unknown liabilities may arise related to an acquired business. 

12

We may experience difficulties integrating Able and may not realize the growth opportunities and cost 
synergies that are anticipated from the Able Acquisition 

There is a significant degree of difficulty, management distraction, and expense inherent in the process of 
integrating an acquisition as sizable as Able. The process of integrating Able could cause an interruption of, or loss 
of  momentum  in,  our  activities,  including  with  respect  to  our  ELEVATE  program  or  the  activities  of  the  Able 
business.  Members  of  our  senior  management  may  be  required  to  devote  considerable  time  to  this  integration 
process, which will decrease the time they will have to manage our Company, service existing clients, and attract 
new  clients.  If  senior  management  is  not  able  to  effectively  manage  the  integration  process,  or  if  any  significant 
business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, our business could suffer.

Additionally,  the  benefits  that  are  expected  to  result  from  the Able Acquisition  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our 
ability  to  realize  the  anticipated  growth  opportunities  and  cost  synergies  as  a  result  of  the Able Acquisition.  Our 
success  in  realizing  these  growth  opportunities  and  cost  synergies,  and  the  timing  of  this  realization,  depends  on 
successful integration and a number of other factors. Even if we integrate Able successfully, this integration may not 
result in the realization of the full benefits of the growth opportunities and cost synergies we currently expect from 
the integration, and we cannot guarantee these benefits will be achieved within anticipated time frames or at all. For 
example, we may not be able to eliminate duplicative costs, and while it is anticipated that certain expenses will be 
incurred  to  achieve  cost  synergies,  such  expenses  are  difficult  to  estimate  accurately  and  may  exceed  current 
estimates.  Accordingly,  the  benefits  from  the  Able  Acquisition  may  be  offset  by  costs  incurred  to  integrate  the 
business  or  delays  in  the  integration  process.  In  addition,  the  overall  integration  of Able  with ABM  may  result  in 
unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, loss of client and other relationships, and loss 
of key employees, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flow, 
and may cause our stock price to decline.

Risks Relating to Insurance and Safety Matters

We manage our insurable risks through a combination of third-party purchased policies and self-insurance, 
and  we  retain  a  substantial  portion  of  the  risk  associated  with  expected  losses  under  these  programs, 
which  exposes  us  to  volatility  associated  with  those  risks,  including  the  possibility  that  changes  in 
estimates to our ultimate insurance loss reserves could result in material charges against our earnings.

We  use  a  combination  of  insured  and  self-insurance  programs  to  cover  workers’  compensation,  general 
liability, automobile liability, property damage, and other insurable risks. We are responsible for claims both within 
and  in  excess  of  our  retained  limits  under  our  insurance  policies,  and  while  we  endeavor  to  purchase  insurance 
coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature, 
or magnitude of claims for direct or consequential damages. If our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or 
unavailable, our business may be negatively impacted.

The  determination  of  required  insurance  reserves  is  dependent  upon  actuarial  judgments.  We  use  the 
results  of  actuarial  studies  to  estimate  insurance  rates  and  insurance  reserves  for  future  periods  and  to  adjust 
reserves, if appropriate, for prior years. Actual experience related to our insurance reserves can cause us to change 
our estimates for reserves and any such changes may materially impact results, causing significant volatility in our 
operating results. 

Should we be unable to renew our excess, umbrella, or other commercial insurance policies, it could have a 
material adverse impact on our business, as would the incurrence of catastrophic uninsured claims or the inability or 
refusal  of  our  insurance  carriers  to  pay  otherwise  insured  claims.  Further,  to  the  extent  that  we  self-insure  our 
losses, deterioration in our loss control and/or our continuing claim management efforts could increase the overall 
cost of claims within our retained limits. A material change in our insurance costs due to changes in the frequency of 
claims,  the  severity  of  the  claims,  the  costs  of  excess/umbrella  premiums,  or  regulatory  changes  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In  2015,  we  formed  a  wholly  owned  captive  insurance  company,  IFM Assurance  Company  (“IFM”),  which 
we  believe  has  provided  us  with  increased  flexibility  in  the  end-to-end  management  of  our  insurance  program. 
There can be no assurance that IFM will continue to bring about the intended benefits or the desired flexibility in the 
management  of  our  insurance  programs,  because  we  may  experience  unanticipated  events  that  could  reduce  or 
eliminate expected benefits. 

13

Our  risk  management  and  safety  programs  may  not  have  the  intended  effect  of  reducing  our  liability  for 
personal injury or property loss.

We  attempt  to  mitigate  risks  relating  to  personal  injury  or  property  loss  through  the  implementation  of 
company-wide safety and loss control efforts designed to decrease the incidence of accidents or events that might 
increase  our  liability.  It  is  expected  that  any  such  decrease  could  also  have  the  effect  of  reducing  our  insurance 
costs  for  our  casualty  programs.  However,  incidents  involving  personal  injury  or  property  loss  may  be  caused  by 
multiple  potential  factors,  a  significant  number  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Therefore,  there  can  be  no 
assurance  that  our  risk  management  and  safety  programs  will  have  the  desired  effect  of  controlling  costs  and 
liability exposure.

Risks Relating to Information Technology and Cybersecurity

We  may  experience  breaches  of,  or  disruptions  to,  our  information  technology  systems  or  those  of  our 
third-party providers or clients, or other compromises of our data that could adversely affect our business. 

Our information technology systems and those of our third-party providers or clients could be the target of 
cyberattacks,  ransomware  attacks,  hacking,  unauthorized  access,  phishing,  computer  viruses,  malware,  or  other 
intrusions, which could result in operational disruptions or information misappropriation, such as theft of intellectual 
property  or  inappropriate  disclosure  of  confidential,  proprietary,  or  personal  information.  We  maintain  confidential, 
proprietary, and personal information in our information technology systems and in systems of third-party providers 
relating  to  our  current,  former,  and  prospective  employees,  clients,  and  other  third  parties.  We  have  experienced 
certain data and security breaches in the past and could experience future data or security breaches stemming from 
the intentional or negligent acts of our employees or other third parties. Furthermore, while we continue to devote 
significant  resources  to  monitoring  and  updating  our  systems  and  implementing  information  security  measures  to 
protect our systems, there can be no assurance that the controls and procedures we have in place will be sufficient 
to protect us from future security breaches. As cyber threats are continually evolving, our controls and procedures 
may  become  inadequate  and  we  may  be  required  to  devote  additional  resources  to  modifying  or  enhancing  our 
systems  in  the  future.  We  may  also  be  required  to  expend  resources  to  remediate  cyber-related  incidents  or  to 
enhance and strengthen our cybersecurity. 

Any  such  disruptions  to  our  information  technology  systems,  breaches  or  compromises  of  data,  and/or 
misappropriation of information could result in lost sales, negative publicity, litigation, violations of privacy and other 
laws,  or  business  delays  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business. Additionally,  we  believe  that 
along with the GDPR and the California Consumer Privacy Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, further 
increased  regulation  is  likely  in  the  area  of  data  privacy.  Compliance  with  this  rapidly  expanding  area  of  law  will 
require  significant  management  and  financial  resources,  and  we  could  be  subjected  to  additional  legal  risk  or 
financial  losses  if  we  are  not  in  compliance.  This  expanding  area  of  law  may  also  lead  to  potentially  significant 
additional claims, including class action claims, being alleged against us.

Risks Relating to Labor, Legal Proceedings, Tax, and Regulatory Matters

Unfavorable  developments  in  our  class  and  representative  actions  and  other  lawsuits  alleging  various 
claims could cause us to incur substantial liabilities. 

Our  business  involves  employing  tens  of  thousands  of  employees,  many  of  whom  work  at  our  clients’ 
facilities.  We  incur  risks  relating  to  our  employment  of  these  workers,  including,  but  not  limited  to:  claims  by  our 
employees of discrimination, harassment, violations of wage and hour requirements, or violations of other federal, 
state,  or  local  laws;  claims  of  misconduct  or  negligence  on  the  part  of  our  employees;  and  claims  related  to  the 
employment of unlicensed personnel. We also incur risks and claims related to the imposition on our employees of 
policies  or  practices  of  our  clients  that  may  be  different  from  our  own.  Some  or  all  of  these  claims  may  lead  to 
litigation, including class action litigation, and these matters may cause us to incur negative publicity with respect to 
alleged claims. Additionally, there are risks to all employers in some states, such as California, resulting from new 
and  unanticipated  judicial  interpretations  of  existing  laws  and  the  application  of  those  new  interpretations  against 
employers on a retroactive basis. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these lawsuits or any other proceeding, 
and our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us. These lawsuits and other proceedings 
may consume substantial amounts of our financial and managerial resources. An unfavorable outcome with respect 
to current lawsuits, including the Bucio case described in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” in the Notes 
to  consolidated  financial  statements  (included  in  Part  II.,  Item  8  of  this  Form  10-K),  and  any  future  lawsuits  may, 
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  liabilities  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect 
upon our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

14

A significant number of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements that could expose 
us  to  potential  liabilities  in  relation  to  our  participation  in  multiemployer  pension  plans,  requirements  to 
make  contributions  to  other  benefit  plans,  and  the  potential  for  strikes,  work  slowdowns  or  similar 
activities, and union organizing drives.

We participate in various multiemployer pension plans that provide defined pension benefits to employees 
covered by collective bargaining agreements. Because of the nature of multiemployer pension plans, there are risks 
to  us  associated  with  participation  in  these  plans  that  differ  from  single-employer  plans. Assets  contributed  by  an 
employer  to  a  multiemployer  pension  plan  are  not  segregated  into  a  separate  account  and  are  not  restricted  to 
provide  benefits  only  to  employees  of  that  contributing  employer.  In  the  event  another  participating  employer  in  a 
multiemployer pension plan no longer contributes to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by 
the remaining participating employers, including us. In the event of the termination of a multiemployer pension plan 
or a complete or partial withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan, under applicable law we could incur material 
withdrawal liabilities. We further discuss our participation in multiemployer pension and postretirement plans in Note 
12, “Employee Benefit Plans,” in the Notes to consolidated financial statements. In addition, the terms of collective 
bargaining  agreements  require  us  to  contribute  to  various  fringe  benefit  plans,  including  health  and  welfare, 
pension,  and  training  plans,  all  of  which  require  us  to  have  appropriate  systems  in  place  to  assure  timely  and 
accurate payment of contributions. The failure to make timely and accurate contributions as a result of a systems 
failure could have a negative impact on our financial position.

At  October  31,  2021,  approximately  35%  of  our  employees  were  subject  to  various  local  collective 
bargaining  agreements,  some  of  which  will  expire  or  become  subject  to  renegotiation  during  2022.  In  addition,  at 
any  given  time  we  may  face  union  organizing  activity.  When  one  or  more  of  our  major  collective  bargaining 
agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, any disagreement between 
us and the union on important issues may lead to a strike, work slowdown, or other job actions at one or more of our 
locations.  In  a  market  where  we  are  unionized  but  competitors  are  not  unionized,  we  could  lose  clients  to  such 
competitors. A strike, work slowdown, or other job action could disrupt our services, resulting in reduced revenues or 
contract  cancellations.  Moreover,  negotiating  a  first  time  collective  bargaining  agreement  or  renegotiating  an 
existing agreement could result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to 
pass through to clients.

Our business may be materially affected by changes to fiscal and tax policies. Negative or unexpected tax 
consequences could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of taxes and tax collection and remittance obligations in the United States and 
foreign  jurisdictions,  primarily  the  United  Kingdom.  We  compute  our  income  tax  provision  based  on  enacted  tax 
rates  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate. As  tax  rates  vary  among  taxing  jurisdictions,  a  change  in  earnings 
attributable to the various jurisdictions in which we operate could result in an unfavorable change in our overall tax 
provision. Additionally, at any point in time, we may be under examination for income-based, sales-based, payroll, or 
other  non-income  taxes.  We  regularly  assess  the  likelihood  of  adverse  outcomes  resulting  from  these  audits  to 
determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We may recognize additional tax expense, be subject to 
additional  tax  liabilities,  or  incur  losses  and  penalties  due  to  adverse  outcomes  in  tax  audits  or  changes  in  laws, 
regulations, administrative practices, principles, assessments by authorities, and interpretations related to tax laws, 
including tax rules in various jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial 
condition.

Risks Relating to Market and Economic Conditions

Changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  such  as  changes  in  energy  prices,  government  regulations,  or 
consumer preferences, could reduce the demand for facility services and, as a result, reduce our earnings 
and adversely affect our financial condition. 

In  certain  geographic  areas  and  service  lines,  our  most  profitable  revenues  are  related  to  supplemental 
services  requested  by  clients  outside  of  the  standard  service  specification  (“work  orders”).  This  contract  type  is 
commonly used in janitorial services and includes cleanup after tenant moves, construction cleanup, flood cleanup, 
and snow removal. A continuing decline in occupancy rates could result in a decline in scope of work, including work 
orders, and depressed prices for our services. Slow domestic and international economic growth or other negative 
changes  in  global,  national,  and  local  economic  conditions  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  business. 
Specifically, adverse economic conditions may result in clients cutting back on discretionary spending. Additionally, 
since a significant portion of our aviation services and parking revenues are tied to the volume of airline passengers, 

15

hotel  guests,  and  sports  arena  attendees,  results  for  these  businesses  could  be  adversely  affected  by  continued 
curtailment of business, personal travel, or discretionary spending. The use of ride sharing services and car sharing 
services may also lead to a decline in parking demand at airports and in urban areas.

Energy  efficiency  projects  are  designed  to  reduce  a  client’s  overall  consumption  of  commodities,  such  as 
electricity and natural gas. As such, downward fluctuations in commodity prices may reduce client demand for those 
projects.  We  also  depend,  in  part,  on  federal  and  state  legislation  and  policies  that  support  energy  efficiency 
projects. If current legislation or policies are amended, eliminated, or not extended beyond their current expiration 
dates,  or  if  funding  for  energy  incentives  is  reduced  or  delayed,  it  could  also  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  obtain 
new  business.  In  some  instances,  we  offer  certain  of  these  clients  guaranteed  energy  savings  on  installed 
equipment. In the event those guaranteed savings are not achieved, we may be required to pay liquidated or other 
damages. All of these factors could have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and cash 
flows.

Risks Relating to Financial Matters

Future increases in the level of our borrowings or in interest rates could affect our results of operations.

Although we have paid down portions of our indebtedness under our syndicated secured credit facility, our 
future ability to make payments on our debt, fund our other liquidity needs, and make planned capital expenditures 
will depend on our ability to generate cash. Our ability to generate cash, to a certain extent, is subject to general 
economic,  financial,  competitive,  and  other  factors  that  are  beyond  our  control.  We  cannot  guarantee  that  our 
business will generate sufficient cash flow from our operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an 
amount  sufficient  to  enable  us  to  make  payments  on  our  debt,  fund  other  liquidity  needs,  make  planned  capital 
expenditures, or continue our dividend.

The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences for shareholders. For example, 
being highly leveraged could: require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to the 
payment  of  debt  service,  reducing  the  availability  of  our  cash  flow  to  fund  working  capital,  share  repurchases, 
capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  and  other  general  corporate  purposes;  limit  our  availability  to  obtain  additional 
financing in the future to enable us to react to changes in our business; and place us at a competitive disadvantage 
compared to businesses in our industry that have less debt.

Additionally,  any  future  increase  in  the  level  of  our  indebtedness  will  likely  increase  our  interest  expense, 
which  could  negatively  impact  our  profitability.  Current  interest  rates  on  borrowings  under  our  credit  facility  are 
variable and include the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). On March 5, 2021, the U.K. Financial 
Conduct Authority, the regulator of LIBOR, announced that the USD LIBOR rates will no longer be published after 
June 30, 2023. While we expect LIBOR to be available in substantially its current form until at least the end of June 
30, 2023, it is possible that LIBOR will become unavailable prior to that point which may impact our credit facility 
and  interest  rate  swaps.  Our  current  credit  agreement  as  well  as  our  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives 
Association,  Inc.  agreement  provide  for  any  changes  away  from  LIBOR  to  a  successor  rate  to  be  based  on 
prevailing  or  equivalent  standards,  however,  the  discontinuation,  reform,  or  replacement  of  LIBOR  or  any  other 
benchmark rates may result in fluctuating interest rates that may have a negative impact on our interest expense 
and our profitability.

Further,  our  credit  facility  contains  both  financial  covenants  and  other  covenants  that  limit  our  ability  to 
engage in specific transactions. Any failure to comply with covenants in the credit facility could result in an event of 
default that, if not cured or waived, would have a material adverse effect on us. 

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition 
and results of operations.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, in the fourth quarter, or more often if impairment indicators 
exist. We also review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If the fair value of one of our reporting units is less than 
its carrying value, or if as a result of a recoverability test we conclude that the projected undiscounted cash flows 
are less than the carrying amount, we would record an impairment charge related to goodwill or long-lived assets, 
respectively.  (For  example,  during  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  given  the  general  deterioration  in  economic  and 
market  conditions  arising  from  the  Pandemic,  we  identified  a  triggering  event  that  resulted  in  the  impairment  of 
goodwill and intangible assets.) The assumptions used to determine impairment require significant judgment, and 

16

the amount of the impairment could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in 
which the charge is taken.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to 
produce  accurate  and  timely  financial  statements  could  be  negatively  impacted,  which  could  harm  our 
operating  results  and  investor  perceptions  of  our  Company  and  as  a  result  may  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on the value of our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules, our management is required 
to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to, the effectiveness of our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The  rules  governing  the  standards  that  must  be  met  for  management  to 
assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and, 
in some instances, remediation. We have acquired entities that had no publicly traded debt or equity and therefore 
were not previously required to conform to the rules and regulations of the SEC, especially related to their internal 
control structure. When we acquire such entities, they may not have in place all the necessary controls as required 
by  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board.  Integrating  acquired  entities  into  our  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  has  required  and  will  continue  to  require  significant  time  and  resources  from  our  management 
and  other  personnel,  which  increases  our  compliance  costs.  We  are  required  to  include  our  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting of entities we acquire in our overall assessment, so we 
must  plan  to  complete  the  evaluation  and  integration  of  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  and  report  our 
assessment within the required time frame. 

In  addition,  with  the  increasing  frequency  of  cyber-related  frauds  perpetrated  to  obtain  inappropriate 
payments,  we  need  to  ensure  our  internal  controls  related  to  authorizing  the  transfer  of  funds  and  changing  our 
vendor  master  files  are  adequate.  Furthermore,  the  introduction  of  new,  and  changes  to  existing,  enterprise 
resource  planning  (“ERP”)  and  financial  reporting  information  systems  create  implementation  and  change 
management risks that require effective internal controls to mitigate. Failure to maintain an effective internal control 
environment  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  accurately  report  our  financial  results,  the 
market’s perception of our business, and our stock price.

General Risk Factors

Our business may be negatively impacted by adverse weather conditions.

Weather conditions such as snow storms, heavy flooding, hurricanes, and fluctuations in temperatures can 
negatively  impact  portions  of  our  business.  Within  our  Technical  Solutions  segment,  cooler  than  normal 
temperatures  in  the  summer  could  reduce  the  need  for  servicing  of  air  conditioning  units,  resulting  in  reduced 
revenues and profitability. Within Parking and Aviation services, snow can lead to reduced travel activity, as well as 
increases  in  certain  costs,  both  of  which  negatively  affect  gross  profit.  On  the  other  hand,  the  absence  of  snow 
during  the  winter  could  cause  us  to  experience  reduced  revenues  in  our  B&I  segment,  as  many  of  our  contracts 
specify additional payments for snow-related services.

Catastrophic events, disasters, and terrorist attacks could disrupt our services.

We  may  encounter  disruptions  involving  power,  communications,  transportation  or  other  utilities,  or 
essential  services  depended  upon  by  us  or  by  third  parties  with  whom  we  conduct  business.  This  could  include 
disruptions  due  to  disasters,  pandemics,  weather-related  or  similar  events  (such  as  fires,  hurricanes,  blizzards, 
earthquakes, and floods), political instability, labor strikes, or war (including acts of terrorism or hostilities) that could 
impact our markets. If a disruption occurs in one location and persons in that location are unable to communicate 
with or travel to or work from other locations, our ability to service and interact with our clients and others may suffer, 
and  we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  implement  contingency  plans  that  depend  on  communications  or  travel. 
These events may increase the volatility of financial results due to unforeseen costs with partial or no corresponding 
compensation  from  clients.  There  also  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  disaster  recovery  and  crisis  management 
procedures  we  employ  will  suffice  in  any  particular  situation  to  avoid  a  significant  loss.  In  addition,  to  the  extent 
centralized  administrative  locations  are  disabled  for  a  long  period  of  time,  key  business  processes,  such  as 
accounts payable, information technology, payroll, and general management operations, could be interrupted.

Actions of activist investors could disrupt our business.

Public  companies  have  been  the  target  of  activist  investors.  In  the  event  that  a  third  party,  such  as  an 
activist investor, proposes to change our governance policies, board of directors, or other aspects of our operations, 

17

our  review  and  consideration  of  such  proposals  may  create  a  significant  distraction  for  our  management  and 
employees.  This  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  execute  various  strategic  initiatives  and  may  require 
management  to  expend  significant  time  and  resources  responding  to  such  proposals.  Such  proposals  may  also 
create  uncertainties  with  respect  to  our  financial  position  and  operations  and  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to 
attract and retain key employees. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None. 

18

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our principal executive office is located at One Liberty Plaza, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10006. 

Principal Properties as of October 31, 2021

Approximate 
Square Feet

Lease Expiration 
Date, Unless 
Owned

Location

Character of Office

Alpharetta, Georgia

IT Datacenter and 
Technical Solutions 
Headquarters

Atlanta, Georgia

Operations Support

Cleveland, Ohio

New York, New York 

Legacy GCA 
Headquarters
Corporate 
Headquarters

Sugar Land, Texas

Enterprise Services

Tustin, California

Operations Support

25,000

37,000

32,400

44,000

62,500

40,000

Owned

10/31/2027

1/31/2024

Segment

All

All

Education, T&M, and 
Corporate

1/3/2032

Corporate and B&I

3/31/2028

7/31/2029

All

B&I and Technical 
Solutions

In  addition  to  the  above  properties,  we  have  other  offices,  warehouses,  and  parking  facilities  in  various 
locations, primarily in the United States. See Note 5, “Leases,” in the Notes to consolidated financial statements for 
additional  information  regarding  leases.  We  believe  that  these  properties  are  well  maintained,  in  good  operating 
condition, and suitable for the purposes for which they are used. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Certain Legal Proceedings

Information  with  respect  to  certain  legal  proceedings  is  set  forth  in  Note  13,  “Commitments  and 
Contingencies,” in the Notes to consolidated financial statements (included in Part II., Item 8 of this Form 10-K) and 
is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

19

PART II

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information, Dividends, and Stockholders

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: ABM). We have paid cash dividends 
every quarter since 1965. Future dividends will be determined based on our earnings, capital requirements, financial 
condition, and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors.

At December 21, 2021, there were 3,056 registered holders of our common stock.

Common Stock Repurchases 

Effective December 18, 2019, our Board of Directors replaced our then-existing share repurchase program 
with a new share repurchase program under which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock 
(the “2019 Share Repurchase Program”). These purchases may take place on the open market or otherwise, and all 
or part of the repurchases may be made pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or in privately negotiated transactions. The 
timing  of  repurchases  is  at  our  discretion  and  will  depend  upon  several  factors,  including  market  and  business 
conditions, future cash flows, share price, share availability, and other factors at our discretion. Repurchased shares 
are retired and returned to an authorized but unissued status. However, due to the market and business conditions 
arising  from  the  Pandemic,  we  suspended  further  repurchases  of  our  common  stock  in  March  2020  and  did  not 
repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock during fiscal year 2021. At October 31, 2021, authorization 
for $144.9 million of repurchases remained under the 2019 Share Repurchase Program. 

20

Performance Graph

The  following  graph  compares  the  five-year  cumulative  total  return  for  our  common  stock  against  the 
Standard  &  Poor’s  500  Index  (“S&P  500”)  and  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  SmallCap  600  Index  (“S&P  600”). As  our 
competitors are principally privately held, we do not believe it is feasible to construct a peer group comparison on an 
industry or line-of-business basis.

INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ended October 31,

Company / Index
ABM Industries Incorporated
S&P 500 Index
S&P SmallCap 600 Index

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

$ 

100  $ 
100 
100 

109.2  $ 
123.6 
127.9 

81.7  $ 

98.8  $ 

96.3  $ 

132.7 
135.1 

151.7 
139.5 

166.5 
128.7 

124.1 
237.9 
204.6 

This performance graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, or subject to 
Regulation  14A  or  14C,  or  subject  to  the  liabilities  of  Section  18  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended.  The  comparisons  in  the  performance  graph  are  based  on  historical  data  and  are  not  indicative  of,  or 
intended to forecast, the possible future performance of our common stock.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

ITEM  7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 
OPERATIONS.

The  following  MD&A  is  intended  to  facilitate  an  understanding  of  the  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition of ABM. This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Financial 
Statements. This MD&A contains both historical and forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. We make forward-looking statements 
related  to  future  expectations,  estimates,  and  projections  that  are  uncertain  and  often  contain  words  such  as 
“anticipate,”  “believe,”  “could,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “forecast,”  “intend,”  “likely,”  “may,”  “outlook,”  “plan,”  “predict,” 
“should,”  “target,”  or  other  similar  words  or  phrases.  These  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance 
and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Factors that 
might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part 1. of this Form 10-K under Item 
1A., “Risk Factors,” which are incorporated herein by reference. Our future results and financial condition may be 
materially  different  from  those  we  currently  anticipate. Throughout  the  MD&A,  amounts  and  percentages  may  not 
recalculate  due  to  rounding.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  information  in  the  MD&A  and  references  to  years  are 
based on our fiscal year, which ends on October 31. 

Business Overview

ABM is a leading provider of integrated facility solutions, customized by industry, with a mission to make a 
difference,  every  person,  every  day.  Our  principal  operations  are  in  the  United  States,  and  in  2021  our  U.S. 
operations generated approximately 94% of our revenues.

Strategic Growth

We remain focused on long-term, profitable growth by delivering valued service offerings to both new and 
existing  clients  within  our  industry  groups  and  across  our  many  service  lines.  Our  revenue  growth  strategy  is 
predicated on pursuing new sales and targeting a favorable retention rate among existing contracts. Cross-selling 
and  up-selling  projects  and  services  is  also  an  integral  part  of  our  strategy.  We  believe  our  strategic  growth 
initiatives, coupled with our continued focus on marketing, capital, and sales resources, will increase profitability.

ELEVATE Transformation

Through our ELEVATE strategy, as described in Item 1., “Business.,” we plan to primarily focus our efforts 

on:  

•

•

•

the  client  experience,  by  enhancing  service  delivery  through  the  development  of  a  new  workforce 
management  platform  with  modern  timekeeping,  scheduling,  and  forecasting  modules  to  create  a  digital 
connection with our workforce; 

the team member experience, by investing in development programs, talent acquisition tools, and training; 
and

the use of technology and data in our systems, tools, business processes, and operating models.  

We  believe  that  our  technology  and  data  investments  will  enable:  the  development  and  deployment  of 
client-facing  technology  to  improve  service  delivery  to  our  clients;  the  use  of  advanced  data  analytics  for  sales 
targeting, team member retention, and recruiting; and the upgrade of our Enterprise Resource Planning and payroll 
systems. 

22

Developments and Trends

COVID-19 Pandemic

COVID-19  has  resulted  in  a  worldwide  health  Pandemic.  To  date,  COVID-19  has  surfaced  in  regions  all 
around  the  world  and  resulted  in  business  slowdowns  and  shutdowns,  as  well  as  global  travel  restrictions.  We, 
along with many of our clients, have been impacted by recommendations and/or mandates from federal, state, and 
local authorities to practice social distancing, to refrain from gathering in groups, and, in some areas, to refrain from 
non-essential  movements  outside  of  homes.  The  Pandemic  has  also  created  unanticipated  circumstances  and 
uncertainty, disruption, and significant volatility in the broader economy. These factors have led to lower demand for 
some of our services in certain end-markets, particularly in our Aviation segment. Refer to “Consolidated Results of 
Operations”  and  “Results  of  Operations  by  Segment”  for  additional  information  related  to  the  impact  of  the 
Pandemic on our financial results. 

Given  the  unprecedented  and  uncertain  nature  and  potential  duration  of  this  situation,  we  cannot 
reasonably  estimate  the  full  extent  of  the  impact  the  Pandemic  will  have  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, or cash flows. The ultimate extent of the effects of the Pandemic on our company is highly uncertain and 
will  depend  on  future  developments,  and  we  may  continue  to  experience  adverse  effects  on  our  business, 
consolidated  results  of  operations,  financial  position,  and  cash  flows  resulting  from  a  recessionary  economic 
environment that may persist.

Our priority has been and continues to be the health, safety, and support of our employees, our clients, and 
the  communities  that  we  serve.  We  have  also  taken  actions  to  strengthen  our  liquidity,  cash  flows,  and  financial 
position to help mitigate potential future impacts on our operations and financial performance. These priorities and 
measures include, but are not limited to, the following:

Health and Safety of our Employees and Clients

As the Pandemic has developed, we have taken steps to support our employees and clients based 
on recommendations from various global experts, including the World Health Organization, the Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the U.K. National 
Health  Service. To  help  protect  our  employees  and  our  clients,  face  masks  and  other  personal  protective 
equipment (“PPE”) are being used by our employees. We have also encouraged our employees to practice 
social distancing and wash hands frequently. Additionally, we transitioned many office-based employees to 
a remote work environment, suspended non-essential travel, and adopted technologies to allow employees 
to effectively perform their functions remotely. 

Client Focus

Over  the  past  few  years,  we  have  focused  on  consolidating  purchasing  activities  to  leverage  our 
scale and identify preferred suppliers. While we have seen a reduction in the availability of supplies and an 
increase in costs, our procurement efforts have helped create a positive supply chain for our company and 
clients  during  the  Pandemic.  We  will  continue  to  monitor  our  supply  chain  for  potential  impacts  as  future 
developments unfold. 

The Pandemic continues to create a dynamic client environment, and we are working diligently to 
ensure our clients’ changing staffing and service needs are met. We developed new cleaning initiatives in 
accordance  with  various  protocols  issued  by  global  experts,  including  deep  cleaning  services,  special 
project cleaning services, and other work orders. 

In  April  2020,  we  announced  our  EnhancedCleanTM  Program  (“EnhancedClean”),  an  innovative 
solution that helps provide clients with healthy spaces. We designed EnhancedClean under the guidance of 
experts  on  infectious  diseases  and  industrial  hygiene  to  help  provide  our  clients  with  processes  that  use 
hospital-grade  disinfectants,  specialized  equipment,  and  innovative  solutions  and  technology.  These 
solutions include: hygiene and safety protocols, utilization of disinfecting procedures and products for high-
touch surfaces, employment of PPE, and communication and training protocols.

Management of Direct Labor

As  we  adapt  to  the  changing  demand  environment  resulting  from  the  Pandemic,  we  continue  to 
actively manage direct labor and related personnel costs, including furloughs or reduced hours for certain 
frontline employees in markets significantly impacted by business slowdowns and shutdowns.

23

Liquidity, Cash Flows, and Financial Position

We  have  taken  and  continue  to  take  actions  to  help  preserve  cash,  increase  liquidity,  and 

strengthen our financial position, including:

•

•

•

•

Amending  our  credit  facility  on  June  28,  2021,  to  increase  our  borrowing  capacity  and  further 
enhance our financial flexibility (refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information);

Focusing on collection of client receivables and monitoring the adequacy of our reserves; 

Extending vendor payment terms where possible; and

Utilizing certain governmental relief efforts (as further described below).

In  response  to  the  Pandemic,  Congress  enacted  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic 
Security  Act  (“CARES  Act”)  on  March  27,  2020.  The  CARES  Act  provides  various  stimulus  measures, 
including several income tax and payroll tax provisions. Among the payroll tax provisions is the creation of a 
refundable  credit  for  employee  retention  and  the  deferral  of  certain  payroll  tax  remittances  through 
December 31, 2020, to future years (with 50% of the deferred amount due by December 31, 2021, and the 
remaining  50%  due  by  December  31,  2022).  We  evaluated  the  impact  of  business  tax  provisions  in  the 
CARES  Act  and  determined  the  impact  of  the  income  tax  provisions  is  not  material.  The  impact  of  the 
payroll tax provisions was the deferral of approximately $132 million of payroll tax as of October 31, 2021. 
Additionally,  we  received  grants  under  the  United  Kingdom’s  job  retention  scheme  to  reimburse  us  for  a 
portion of certain furloughed employees’ salaries from March 2020 through September 2021. 

As  a  result  of  the  actions  taken  above,  we  were  able  to  strengthen  our  cash  flow  in  fiscal  2021.  As  of 

October 31, 2021, these actions resulted in a borrowing capacity of $875.0 million.

Insurance Reserves

We  use  a  combination  of  insured  and  self-insurance  programs  to  cover  workers’  compensation,  general 
liability,  automobile  liability,  property  damage,  and  other  insurable  risks.  Insurance  claim  liabilities  represent  our 
estimate of retained risks without regard to insurance coverage. We retain a substantial portion of the risk related to 
certain workers’ compensation and medical claims. Liabilities associated with these losses include estimates of both 
filed claims and incurred but not reported claims (“IBNR Claims”).

With the assistance of third-party actuaries, we review our estimate of ultimate losses for IBNR Claims on a 
quarterly basis and adjust our required self-insurance reserves as appropriate. As part of this evaluation, we review 
the  status  of  existing  and  new  claim  reserves  as  established  by  third-party  claims  administrators.  The  third-party 
claims administrators establish the case reserves based upon known factors related to the type and severity of the 
claims,  demographic  factors,  legislative  matters,  and  case  law,  as  appropriate.  We  compare  actual  trends  to 
expected  trends  and  monitor  claims  developments.  The  specific  case  reserves  estimated  by  the  third-party 
administrators are provided to an actuary who assists us in projecting an actuarial estimate of the overall ultimate 
losses for our self-insured or high deductible programs, which includes the case reserves plus an actuarial estimate 
of reserves required for additional developments, such as IBNR Claims. We utilize the results of actuarial studies to 
estimate  our  insurance  rates  and  insurance  reserves  for  future  periods  and  to  adjust  reserves,  if  appropriate,  for 
prior years.

The  actuarial  reviews  demonstrate  that  the  changes  we  have  made  to  our  risk  management  program 
continue to positively impact the frequency and severity of claims. The claims management strategies and programs 
that  we  have  implemented  have  resulted  in  improvements.  Furthermore,  we  continue  to  adjust  our  reserves 
consistent with known fact patterns. Based on the results of the actuarial reviews performed, we decreased our total 
reserves related to prior years for known claims as well as our estimate of the loss amounts associated with IBNR 
claims during 2021 by $36.0 million. In 2020, we decreased our total reserves related to prior year claims by $30.2 
million.

24

Key Financial Highlights

• Revenues increased by $241.0 million, or 4.0%, during 2021, as compared to 2020, primarily driven by a 

$101.1 million revenue increase due to the Able Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, an increase in 
work orders (primarily as a result of the Pandemic), new business within B&I, T&M, and Technical Solutions, 
and the recovery of volume in Education and Technical Solutions as Pandemic-related disruptions eased in 
the last half of fiscal year 2021. 

• Operating profit increased by $110.6 million during 2021, as compared to 2020. The increase in operating 

profit was attributable to:

◦

◦

◦

◦

the  absence of prior year impairment  charges  recorded on goodwill and intangible assets totaling 
$172.8  million  due  to  the  adverse  impact  of  market  and  business  conditions  resulting  from  the 
Pandemic;

higher margins on work orders as a result of the Pandemic;

a  decrease  in  bad  debt  expense,  primarily  associated  with  higher  reserves  established  for  client 
receivables in the prior year, due to increasing credit risk resulting from the Pandemic; and

the  absence  of  a  reserve  on  notes  receivable  related  to  a  unique,  entertainment-related  project 
within  Technical  Solutions,  mainly  associated  with  increasing  credit  risk  resulting  from  the 
Pandemic.

The increase was partially offset by: 

◦

◦

◦

◦

the accrual of a legal settlement for the Bucio case;

increased expenditures for certain technology projects and other enterprise initiatives (including 
ELEVATE);

the absence of management and staff furloughs that occurred in the prior year in response to the 
Pandemic; and

acquisition and integration costs related to the Able Acquisition.

• Our  effective  tax  rate  on  income  from  continuing  operations  was  29.8%  for  2021,  as  compared  to  99.6% 
during 2020, with the decrease primarily due to the impairment of non-deductible goodwill during 2020 and 
not recurring in 2021.

• Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was $314.3 million during 2021.

• Dividends  of  $51.0  million  were  paid  to  shareholders,  and  dividends  totaling  $0.760  per  common  share 

were declared during 2021.

• At October 31, 2021, total outstanding borrowings under our credit facility were $888.8 million, and we had 

up to $875.0 million of borrowing capacity.

25

Results of Operations

Consolidated 

($ in millions)

Revenues

Operating expenses

Gross margin

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Restructuring and related expenses

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment loss of goodwill and other intangibles 

Operating profit

Income from unconsolidated affiliates

Interest expense

Income from continuing operations before
   income taxes

Income tax provision

Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 
    net of taxes

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency translation and other

Income tax (provision) benefit

Years Ended October 31,

2021 vs. 2020

2021

2020

2019

Increase / (Decrease)

$ 

6,228.6 

$ 

5,987.6 

$ 

6,498.6 

$ 

241.0 

5,258.2 

5,157.0 

5,767.5 

101.2 

4.0%

2.0%

 13.9 %

 11.2 %

171 bps

 15.6 %

719.2 

— 

45.0 

— 

206.3 

2.1 

(28.6) 

179.8 

(53.5) 

126.3 

— 

126.3 

4.5 

5.3 

(1.5) 

506.1 

7.6 

48.4 

172.8 

95.7 

2.2 

(44.6) 

53.3 

(53.1) 

0.2 

0.1 

0.3 

(7.6) 

(1.8) 

2.4 

452.9 

11.2 

58.5 

— 

208.3 

3.0 

(51.1) 

160.2 

(32.7) 

127.5 

(0.1) 

127.4 

(22.4) 

1.6 

5.9 

213.1 

42.1%

(7.6) 

(3.4) 

NM*

(7.1)%

(172.8) 

110.6 

NM*

NM*

(0.1) 

(3.9)%

(16.0) 

35.9%

126.5 

NM*

0.4 

(0.8)%

126.1 

NM*

(0.1) 

126.0 

12.1 

7.1 

(3.9) 

NM*

NM*

NM*

NM*

NM*

NM*

Comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

134.5 

$ 

(6.6) 

$ 

112.5 

$ 

141.1 

*Not meaningful

The Year Ended October 31, 2021 Compared with the Year Ended October 31, 2020

Revenues 

Revenues  increased  by  $241.0  million,  or  4.0%,  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020.  The  increase  in 
revenues was primarily driven by a $101.1 million revenue increase due to the Able Acquisition in the fourth quarter 
of  2021,  an  increase  in  work  orders  (primarily  as  a  result  of  the  Pandemic),  new  business  within  B&I,  T&M,  and 
Technical  Solutions,  and  the  recovery  of  volume  in  Education  and  Technical  Solutions  as  Pandemic-related 
disruptions eased in the last half of fiscal year 2021. 

Operating Expenses 

Operating expenses increased by $101.2 million, or 2.0%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. Gross margin 
increased by 171 bps to 15.6% in 2021 from 13.9% in 2020. The increase in gross margin was primarily associated 
with higher margins on new business within B&I and Aviation and an increase in work orders with higher margins as 
a  result  of  the  Pandemic  (primarily  within  B&I).  The  increase  in  gross  margin  was  also  driven  by  lower  self-
insurance expense, due to decreased claim frequency as a result of our safety and claims management program 
and reduced workplace occupancy as a result of the Pandemic.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by  $213.1  million,  or  42.1%,  during  2021,  as 

compared to 2020. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to:

•

a  $144.2  million  increase  in  legal  costs  and  settlements,  primarily  attributed  to  the  accrual  of  a  legal 
settlement for the Bucio case;

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

a $43.2 million increase in certain technology projects and other enterprise initiatives (including ELEVATE), 
in addition to marketing events;

a $38.8 million increase in compensation and related expenses, primarily driven by corporate and staff labor 
reductions  that  occurred  in  the  prior  period  due  to  the  Pandemic,  including  wage  reductions,  employee 
furloughs, and the suspension of certain benefits such as 401(k) matching. The increase was also due to 
updated  assessments  regarding  financial  performance  target  achievements  in  connection  with  certain 
performance share awards and cash incentive plans;

a $21.9 million increase in acquisition and integration costs attributable to the Able Acquisition; and

a  $9.1  million  non-cash  impairment  charge  for  previously  capitalized  internal-use  software  related  to  our 
ERP  system  implementation  as  we  determined  that  certain  components  developed  will  no  longer  be 
incorporated into the new ERP system; 

This increase was partially offset by:

•

•

•

a  $19.0  million  decrease  in  bad  debt  expense,  primarily  associated  with  higher  reserves  established  for 
client receivables in the prior year, due to increasing credit risk resulting from the Pandemic; 

the  absence  of  a  $17.6  million  reserve  on  notes  receivable  related  to  a  unique,  entertainment-related 
project within Technical Solutions, mainly associated with increasing credit risk resulting from the Pandemic; 
and

an $11.7 million decrease in prior year medical and dental self-insurance reserves as a result of actuarial 
evaluations completed in fiscal year 2021.

Restructuring and Related Expenses

Restructuring  and  related  expenses  decreased  by  $7.6  million  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020.  We 

substantially completed the restructuring program by the end of fiscal year 2020.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization  of  intangible  assets  decreased  by  $3.4  million,  or  7.1%,  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020, 
mainly due to the lower intangible assets balance resulting from the impairment loss recorded in the second quarter 
of 2020 and to certain intangible assets being amortized using the sum-of-the-years’-digits method, which results in 
declining amortization expense over the useful lives of the assets.

Impairment Loss

During  2020,  we  recorded  impairment  charges  on  goodwill  related  to  our  Education,  Aviation,  and  U.K. 
Technical Solutions businesses totaling $163.8 million. Additionally, we recorded impairment charges on customer 
relationships related to our Aviation and U.K. Technical Solutions businesses totaling $9.0 million. During the second 
quarter of 2020, these businesses were adversely impacted by the market and business conditions resulting from 
the Pandemic. During 2021, we did not record any impairment charges to goodwill or intangible assets. 

Interest Expense

Interest  expense  decreased  by  $16.0  million,  or  35.9%,  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020,  primarily 
attributable  to  lower  relative  interest  rates  as  the  result  of  amending  our  credit  facility  in  2021  and  lower  average 
outstanding borrowings under our credit facility throughout the year. 

Income Taxes from Continuing Operations 

During 2021 and 2020, we had effective tax rates of 29.8% and 99.6%, respectively, resulting in a provision 
for  tax  of  $53.5  million  and  $53.1  million,  respectively.  Our  effective  tax  rate  for  2021  was  also  impacted  by  the 
following  discrete  items:  a  $3.0  million  provision  for  nondeductible  transaction  costs;  a  $2.6  million  provision  for 
change  in  tax  reserves;  a  $1.4  million  provision  for  true-ups;  and  a  $1.2  million  benefit  for  energy  efficiency 
incentives. Our effective tax rate for 2020 was impacted by the following discrete items: a $5.7 million benefit from 
true-ups; a $2.3 million provision related to the Work Opportunity Tax Credit (“WOTC”); a $2.1 million benefit from 

27

energy efficiency incentives; and a $1.1 million benefit from change of tax reserves. The effective tax rate for the 
year ended October 31, 2020, excluding a nondeductible impairment loss of $163.8 million, was 24.4%.

Interest Rate Swaps 

We had a gain of $4.5 million on interest rate swaps during the year ended October 31, 2021, as compared 
to  a  loss  of  $7.6  million  during  the  year  ended  October  31,  2020,  primarily  due  to  underlying  changes  in  the  fair 
value of our interest rate swaps.

Foreign Currency Translation and Other

We  had  a  foreign  currency  translation  gain  of  $5.3  million  during  the  year  ended  October  31,  2021,  as 
compared to a foreign currency translation loss of $1.8 million during the year ended October 31, 2020. This change 
was due to fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar (“USD”) and the British pound sterling (“GBP”). 
Future  gains  and  losses  on  foreign  currency  translation  will  be  dependent  upon  changes  in  the  relative  value  of 
foreign currencies to the USD and the extent of our foreign assets and liabilities. 

The Year Ended October 31, 2020 Compared with the Year Ended October 31, 2019

For  a  comparison  of  our  Results  of  Operations  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2020,  to  the  year  ended 
October 31, 2019, see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on December 17, 2020.

28

Segment Information

Our current reportable segments consist of B&I, T&M, Education, Aviation, and Technical Solutions. 

Financial Information for Each Reportable Segment

($ in millions)

Revenues

Business & Industry

Technology & Manufacturing

Education

Aviation

Technical Solutions

Years Ended October 31,

2021 vs. 2020

2021

2020

2019

Increase / (Decrease)

$  3,346.5 

$  3,157.8 

$  3,251.4 

$ 

188.7 

987.1 

836.4 

668.8 

534.0 

956.0 

808.8 

680.9 

506.6 

917.0 

847.4 

1,017.3 

593.2 

(127.7) 

31.1 

27.6 

6.0%

3.3%

3.4%

(12.1) 

(1.8)%

27.4 

5.4%

(21.8) 

(17.8)%

Elimination of inter-segment revenues

(144.2) 

(122.4) 

Operating profit (loss)

Business & Industry

Operating profit margin

Technology & Manufacturing

Operating profit margin

Education

Operating margin

Aviation

Operating margin

Technical Solutions

Operating profit margin

Government Services

Operating profit margin

Corporate

Adjustment for income from unconsolidated
   affiliates, included in Aviation

Adjustment for tax deductions for energy
   efficient government buildings, included in
   Technical Solutions

*Not meaningful

$  6,228.6 

$  5,987.6 

$  6,498.6 

$ 

241.0 

4.0%

$ 

337.8 

$ 

253.7 

$ 

182.3 

$ 

84.1 

33.1%

 10.1% 

103.8 

 10.5% 

60.5 

 7.2 %

32.5 

 4.9 %

49.8 

 9.3% 

(0.2) 

NM*

 8.0% 

84.4 

 8.8% 

(41.1) 

 (5.1) %

(59.6) 

 (8.7) %

9.5 

 1.9% 

(0.1) 

NM*

 5.6% 

72.5 

 7.9% 

39.0 

 4.6% 

21.1 

 2.1% 

55.4 

 9.3% 

(0.1) 

NM*

206 bps

19.4 

22.9%

168 bps

101.6 

NM*

92.1 

NM*

40.3 

745 bps

(0.1) 

NM*

NM*

NM*

NM*

NM*

(374.6) 

(146.9) 

(159.0) 

(227.7) 

NM*

(2.1) 

(2.2) 

(3.0) 

0.1 

3.9%

(1.2) 

(2.1) 

0.1 

0.9 

$ 

206.3 

$ 

95.7 

$ 

208.3 

$ 

110.6 

44.2%

NM*

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Year Ended October 31, 2021 Compared with the Year Ended October 31, 2020

Business & Industry

($ in millions)
Revenues
Operating profit

Operating profit margin

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

3,346.5 
337.8 

$ 

3,157.8 
253.7 

$ 

 10.1% 

 8.0% 

Increase

188.7 
84.1 
206 bps

6.0%
33.1%

B&I revenues increased by $188.7 million, or 6.0%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. The increase was 
primarily driven by a $101.1 million revenue increase due to the Able Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021. The 
remaining increase was due to an increase in work orders (as a result of the Pandemic) and net new business in 
our  U.K.  Operations.  Management  reimbursement  revenues  for  this  segment  totaled  $185.8  million  and  $221.4 
million during 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Operating profit increased by $84.1 million, or 33.1%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. Operating profit 
margin  increased  by  206  bps  to  10.1%  in  2021  from  8.0%  in  2020.  The  increase  in  operating  profit  margin  was 
primarily associated with higher margins on certain accounts in both our U.S. and U.K. businesses and an increase 
in  work  orders,  which  have  higher  margins.  Operating  margin  was  also  positively  impacted  by  lower  insurance 
expense  related  to  our  self-insurance  program  and  a  decrease  in  bad  debt  expense  as  higher  reserves  were 
recorded in the prior year, mainly associated with increasing credit risk resulting from the Pandemic. 

Technology & Manufacturing

($ in millions)
Revenues
Operating profit

Operating profit margin

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

987.1 
103.8 

 10.5 %

$ 

956.0 
84.4 

 8.8% 

Increase

31.1 
19.4 
168 bps

3.3%
22.9%

T&M revenues increased by $31.1 million, or 3.3%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. The increase was 

primarily attributable to net new business and an increase in work orders (primarily as a result of the Pandemic). 

Operating profit increased by $19.4 million, or 22.9%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. Operating profit 
margin  increased  by  168  bps  to  10.5%  in  2021  from  8.8%  in  2020.  The  increase  in  operating  profit  margin  was 
primarily attributable to a decrease in bad debt expense, as higher reserves were recorded in the prior year mainly 
associated with increasing credit risk resulting from the Pandemic, and higher margins on work orders.

Education

($ in millions)
Revenues
Operating profit (loss)

Operating margin

*Not meaningful

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

836.4 
60.5 

 7.2% 

$ 

808.8 
(41.1) 
 (5.1) %

Increase

27.6 
101.6 
NM*

3.4%
NM*

Education revenues increased by $27.6 million, or 3.4%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. The increase 
was primarily attributable to an increase in work orders as a result of Pandemic-related demands and recovery in 
the volume of our business as schools gradually reopened. The increase was partially offset by the loss of certain 
accounts during the year.

Education had an operating profit of $60.5 million during 2021, as compared to an operating loss of $41.1 
million  during  2020.  Operating  margin  increased  to  7.2%  in  2021  from  (5.1)%  in  2020. The  increase  in  operating 
profit  margin  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  absence  of  prior  year  goodwill  impairment  charges  of  $99.3  million. 
Additionally,  operating  margin  was  positively  impacted  by  higher  margin  work  orders,  a  decrease  in  bad  debt 
expense, driven by net recoveries of certain previously  reserved receivables, and lower amortization of intangible 
assets. The increase in operating margin, excluding the impact of prior year impairment, was mostly offset by the 
increase in direct labor and related costs as schools reopened.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aviation

($ in millions)
Revenues
Operating profit (loss)

Operating margin

*Not meaningful

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

Increase / (Decrease)

$ 

$ 

668.8 
32.5 

 4.9% 

$ 

680.9 
(59.6) 
 (8.7) %

(12.1) 
92.1 
NM*

(1.8)%
NM*

Aviation revenues decreased by $12.1 million, or 1.8%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. The decrease 
was  primarily  attributable  to  travel  restrictions  and  a  decline  in  passenger  demand  resulting  from  the  Pandemic. 
While  demand  and  revenue  improved  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  Pandemic-related  volume 
reductions  continued  to  impact  parking,  janitorial,  passenger  services,  transportation,  and  catering  accounts.  The 
decrease  was  partially  offset  by  Pandemic-related  cleaning  services  and  new  parking-related  services. 
Management  reimbursement  revenues  for  this  segment  totaled  $54.5  million  and  $74.3  million  during  2021  and 
2020, respectively. 

Aviation  had  an  operating  profit  of  $32.5  million  during  2021,  as  compared  to  an  operating  loss  of  $59.6 
million  during  2020.  Operating  margin  increased  to  4.9%  during  2021,  from  (8.7)%  during  2020.  This  increase  in 
operating profit margin was primarily attributable to the absence of prior year impairment charges of $55.5 million on 
goodwill  and  $5.6  million  on  customer  relationships.  Additionally,  operating  margin  increased  as  the  result  of 
management of direct labor and related personnel costs during the Pandemic, higher margins on Pandemic-related 
cleaning services, and a strategic shift toward securing higher margin contracts with airports and related facilities.

Technical Solutions

($ in millions)
Revenues
Operating profit

Operating profit margin

*Not meaningful

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

534.0 
49.8 

 9.3% 

$ 

506.6 
9.5 
 1.9% 

Increase

27.4 
40.3 
745 bps

5.4%
NM*

Technical Solutions revenues increased by $27.4 million, or 5.4%, during 2021, as compared to 2020. The 
increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the volume of our U.S. and U.K. businesses due to the easing 
of Pandemic-related lockdowns, which provided access to facilities that were previously restricted. In addition, the 
revenue increase was driven by growth in electric vehicle charging station installation sales.

Operating  profit  increased  by  $40.3  million  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020.  Operating  profit  margin 
increased  by  745  bps  to  9.3%  in  2021  from  1.9%  in  2020.  The  increase  in  operating  profit  margin  was  primarily 
attributable  to  the  absence  of  a  prior  year  $17.6  million  reserve  on  notes  receivable  related  to  a  unique, 
entertainment-related  project,  mainly  associated  with  increasing  credit  risk  resulting  from  the  Pandemic.  The 
increase was also due to the absence of prior year impairment charges of $9.0 million on goodwill and $3.4 million 
on customer relationships related to our U.K. business. 

Corporate

($ in millions)
Corporate expenses

*Not meaningful

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

Increase

$ 

(374.6)  $ 

(146.9)  $ 

(227.7) 

NM*

Corporate  expenses  increased  by  $227.7  million  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020.  The  increase  in 

corporate expenses was primarily related to:

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

a  $145.8  million  increase  in  legal  costs  and  settlements,  primarily  attributed  to  the  accrual  of  a  legal 
settlement for the Bucio case;

a $43.2 million increase in certain technology projects and other enterprise initiatives (including ELEVATE), 
in addition to marketing events;

a $33.4 million increase in compensation and related expenses, primarily driven by corporate and staff labor 
reductions  that  occurred  in  the  prior  period  due  to  the  Pandemic,  including  wage  reductions,  employee 
furloughs, and the suspension of certain benefits such as 401(k) matching. The increase was also due to 
updated  assessments  regarding  financial  performance  target  achievements  in  connection  with  certain 
performance share awards and cash incentive plans; 

a $21.9 million increase in acquisition and integration costs attributable to the Able Acquisition; and

a  $9.1  million  non-cash  impairment  charge  for  previously  capitalized  internal-use  software  related  to  our 
ERP  system  implementation  as  we  determined  that  certain  components  developed  will  no  longer  be 
incorporated into the new ERP system.

This increase was partially offset by:

•

•

a $17.4 million decrease in insurance expense as the result of favorable self-insurance reserve adjustments 
from actuarial evaluations completed in fiscal year 2021 as compared to 2020; and

a  $7.6  million  decrease  in  restructuring  and  related  expenses  due  to  the  completion  of  our  restructuring 
program in fiscal year 2020.

The Year Ended October 31, 2020 Compared with the Year Ended October 31, 2019

For  a  comparison  of  our  Segment  Information  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2020,  to  the  year  ended 
October 31, 2019, see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on December 17, 2020.

32

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  operating  cash  flows  and  borrowing  capacity  under  our  credit  facility. 
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our short- and long-term cash requirements. 
As such, we project our anticipated cash requirements as well as cash flows generated from operating activities to 
meet those needs. 

In  addition  to  normal  working  capital  requirements,  we  anticipate  that  our  short-  and  long-term  cash 
requirements  will  include  funding  legal  settlements,  insurance  claims,  dividend  payments,  capital  expenditures, 
share  repurchases,  mandatory  loan  repayments,  and  systems  and  technology  transformation  initiatives  under  our 
ELEVATE  strategy.  We  anticipate  long-term  cash  uses  may  also  include  strategic  acquisitions.  On  a  long-term 
basis, we will continue to rely on our credit facility for any long-term funding not provided by operating cash flows.

We  believe  that  the  Pandemic  has  had,  and  will  likely  continue  to  have,  an  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial  position,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows.  Since  we  cannot  predict  the  duration  or  scope  of  the 
Pandemic,  we  cannot  fully  anticipate  or  reasonably  estimate  all  the  ways  in  which  the  current  global  health  crisis 
and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business in fiscal 2022 or in the future.

We  have  taken  and  continue  to  take  certain  steps  to  preserve  liquidity,  including:  imposing  furloughs  or 
reduced  hours  for  certain  service  employees  in  markets  significantly  impacted  by  business  slowdowns  and 
shutdowns;  managing  our  operating  expenditures  and  certain  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses; 
amending our credit facility, as further described under “Credit Facility” below; and suspending share repurchases 
under  our  share  repurchase  program.  In  addition,  we  continue  focusing  on  collection  of  customer  receivables, 
monitoring the adequacy of our reserves, and extending vendor payment terms where possible. We also evaluated 
the business tax provisions of the CARES Act and have deferred remittance of approximately $132 million of payroll 
tax  through  December  31,  2020,  which  the  CARES  Act  requires  to  be  remitted  by  December  31,  2021,  and 
December 31, 2022, in equal parts.

We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flows  and  borrowing  capacity  under  our  credit  facility  are  sufficient  to 
fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months. In the event that our plans change or our cash requirements are 
greater  than  we  anticipate,  we  may  need  to  access  the  capital  markets  to  finance  future  cash  requirements. 
However, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available to us should we need it or, if available, that 
the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to existing shareholders. 

Credit Facility

On  September  1,  2017,  we  refinanced  and  replaced  our  then-existing  $800.0  million  credit  facility  with  a 
new senior, secured five-year syndicated credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), consisting of a $900.0 million revolving 
line  of  credit  and  an  $800.0  million  amortizing  term  loan.  In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility,  the 
revolving line of credit was reduced to $800.0 million on September 1, 2018.

On May 28, 2020, we amended and restated our Credit Facility (“the First Amendment”) to further enhance 
our financial flexibility as a precautionary measure in response to uncertainty arising from the Pandemic. The First 
Amendment  modified  certain  financial  covenants,  the  interest  rate,  interest  margins,  and  commitment  fees 
applicable  to  loans  and  commitments  under  the  Credit  Facility.  The  First  Amendment  made  certain  additional 
changes  to  the  negative  covenants  restrictions  under  the  Credit  Facility,  including,  subject  to  certain  exceptions: 
restrictions  on  our  ability  to  make  acquisitions,  share  repurchases,  and  other  defined  restricted  payments, 
depending on our total net leverage ratio.

On June 28, 2021, the Company amended and restated the Credit Facility (the “Second Amendment,” and 
the Credit Facility as amended, the “Amended Credit Facility”), extending the maturity date to June 28, 2026, and 
increasing the capacity of the revolving credit facility from $800.0 million to $1.3 billion and the then-remaining term 
loan  outstanding  from  $620.0  million  to  $650.0  million.  The  Second  Amendment  also  removed  the  anti-cash 
hoarding  mandatory  prepayment  requirement  as  well  as  other  restrictions  that  limited  our  ability  to  make 
acquisitions, share repurchases, and other defined restricted payments under the First Amendment. Additionally, the 
Second Amendment modified certain financial covenants, terms, interest rates, interest margins, and commitment 
fees applicable to loans and commitments under the prior Credit Facility. The Amended Credit Facility provides for 
the issuance of up to $350.0 million for standby letters of credit and the issuance of up to $75.0 million in swingline 
advances.  The  obligations  under  the  Amended  Credit  Facility  are  secured  on  a  first-priority  basis  by  a  lien  on 

33

substantially all of our assets and properties, subject to certain exceptions. We may repay amounts borrowed under 
the Amended Credit Facility at any time without penalty. 

Under  the  Amended  Credit  Facility,  the  term  loan  and  U.S.-dollar-denominated  borrowings  under  the 
revolver bear interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread based upon our leverage ratio. Euro- and 
sterling-denominated  borrowings  under  the  revolver  bear  at  the  interest  rate  of  the  Euro  Interbank  Offered  Rate 
(EURIBOR) and the daily Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) reference rate, respectively, plus a spread that 
is based upon our leverage ratio. The spread ranges from 1.375% to 2.250% for Eurocurrency loans and 0.375% to 
1.250% for base rate loans. At October 31, 2021, the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding borrowings 
was 1.59%. We also pay a commitment fee, based on our leverage ratio and payable quarterly in arrears, ranging 
from  0.20%  to  0.40%  on  the  average  daily  unused  portion  of  the  line  of  credit.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation, 
irrevocable  standby  letters  of  credit,  which  are  issued  primarily  in  conjunction  with  our  insurance  programs,  and 
cash borrowings are included as outstanding under the line of credit.

The Amended  Credit  Facility  contains  certain  covenants,  including  a  maximum  total  net  leverage  ratio  of 
5.00 to 1.00, a maximum secured net leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00, and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.50 
to 1.00, as well as other financial and non-financial covenants. In the event of a material acquisition, as defined in 
the Amended Credit Facility, we may elect to increase the maximum total net leverage ratio to 5.50 to 1.00 for a total 
of four fiscal quarters and increase the maximum secured net leverage ratio to 4.50 to 1.00 for a total of four fiscal 
quarters. We did not make this election for the Able Acquisition. Our borrowing capacity is subject to, and limited by, 
compliance with the covenants described above. At October 31, 2021, we were in compliance with these covenants 
and expect to be in compliance in the foreseeable future.

During 2021, we made $76.3 million of principal payments under the term loan. At October 31, 2021, the 
total outstanding borrowings under our Amended Credit Facility in the form of cash borrowings and standby letters 
of credit were $888.8 million and $167.7 million, respectively. At October 31, 2021, we had up to $875.0 million of 
borrowing capacity. 

On March 5, 2021, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, the regulator of LIBOR, announced 
that the USD LIBOR rates will no longer be published after June 30, 2023. While we expect LIBOR to be available 
in  substantially  its  current  form  until  at  least  the  end  of  June  30,  2023,  it  is  possible  that  LIBOR  will  become 
unavailable prior to that point, which may impact our Amended Credit Facility and interest rate swaps. Our current 
credit  agreement  as  well  as  our  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives Association,  Inc.  agreement  provide  for  any 
changes away from LIBOR to a successor rate to be based on prevailing or equivalent standards. Additionally, our 
interest  rate  swaps  mature  before  June  30,  2023. As  such,  we  do  not  anticipate  a  material  impact  related  to  the 
LIBOR transition and will continue to monitor developments related to the LIBOR transition and/or identification of 
an alternative, market-accepted rate. 

Reinvestment of Foreign Earnings

We  plan  to  reinvest  our  foreign  earnings  to  fund  future  non-U.S.  growth  and  expansion,  and  we  do  not 
anticipate remitting such earnings to the United States. While U.S. federal tax expense has been recognized as a 
result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, no deferred tax liabilities with respect to federal and state income taxes 
or foreign withholding taxes have been recognized. We believe that our cash on hand in the United States, along 
with  our  Amended  Credit  Facility  and  future  domestic  cash  flows,  are  sufficient  to  satisfy  our  domestic  liquidity 
requirements. 

Share Repurchases

Effective December 18, 2019, our Board of Directors replaced our then-existing share repurchase program 
with a new share repurchase program under which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock. 
We repurchased shares under the 2019 Share Repurchase Program during the second quarter of 2020. However, 
due  to  the  market  and  business  conditions  arising  from  the  Pandemic,  we  suspended  further  repurchases  of  our 
common  stock  in  March  2020  and  did  not  repurchase  any  shares  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  during  fiscal 
year  2021. At  October  31,  2021,  authorization  for  $144.9  million  of  repurchases  remained  under  the  2019  Share 
Repurchase Program. 

34

(in millions, except per share amounts)
Total number of shares purchased
Average price paid per share

Total cash paid for share repurchases

Years Ended October 31,
2020
2021

— 
N/A $ 
—  $ 

0.2 
36.16 
5.1 

$ 

Proceeds from Federal Energy Savings Performance Contracts

As part of our Technical Solutions business, we enter into energy savings performance contracts (“ESPC”) 
with the federal government pursuant to which we agree to develop, design, engineer, and construct a project and 
guarantee  that  the  project  will  satisfy  agreed-upon  performance  standards.  Proceeds  from  ESPC  projects  are 
generally received in advance of construction through agreements to sell the ESPC receivables to unaffiliated third 
parties.  We  use  the  advances  from  the  third  parties  under  these  agreements  to  finance  the  projects,  which  are 
recorded  as  cash  flows  from  financing  activities.  The  use  of  the  cash  received  under  these  arrangements  to  pay 
project costs is classified as operating cash flows. 

Effect of Inflation

The  rates  of  inflation  experienced  in  recent  years  have  not  had  a  material  impact  on  our  Financial 
Statements. We attempt to recover increased costs by increasing prices for our services to the extent permitted by 
contracts and competition.

Regulatory Environment

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, and/or local laws, rules, and regulations regulating the 
discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  protection  of  the  environment,  as  well  as 
laws and regulations relating to, among other things, labor, wages, and health and safety matters. Historically, the 
cost  of  complying  with  these  laws,  rules,  and  regulations  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Cash Flows 

In  addition  to  revenues  and  operating  profit,  our  management  views  operating  cash  flows  as  a  good 
indicator  of  financial  performance,  because  strong  operating  cash  flows  provide  opportunities  for  growth  both 
organically  and  through  acquisitions.  Operating  cash  flows  primarily  depend  on:  revenue  levels;  the  quality  and 
timing of collections of accounts receivable; the timing of payments to suppliers and other vendors; the timing and 
amount  of  income  tax  payments;  and  the  timing  and  amount  of  payments  on  insurance  claims  and  legal 
settlements. 

(in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations  
Net cash provided by operating activities

$ 

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

314.3  $ 
— 
314.3 

457.4  $ 
0.1 
457.5 

262.8 
(0.1) 
262.7 

Net cash used in investing activities

(740.0)   

(27.5)   

(58.3) 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

92.4 

(94.1)   

(184.8) 

Operating Activities of Continuing Operations

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations decreased by $143.1 million during 2021, 
as compared to 2020. The decrease was primarily related to the timing of working capital changes, partially offset by 
deferred remittance of payroll taxes under the CARES Act.

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations increased by $194.6 million during 2020, 
as compared to 2019. The increase was primarily related to the timing of client receivable collections and deferred 
remittance  of  approximately  $101  million  of  payroll  taxes  under  the  CARES  Act,  partially  offset  by  the  timing  of 
vendor payments.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  increased  by  $712.5  million  during  2021,  as  compared  to  2020. The 

increase was primarily related to the Able Acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2021. 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  decreased  by  $30.8  million  during  2020,  as  compared  to  2019.  The 
decrease  was  primarily  related  to  lower  additions  to  property,  plant  and  equipment  in  2020.  Additionally,  the 
implementation of the new ERP system was temporarily suspended during 2020 due to the Pandemic. 

Financing Activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $92.4  million  in  2021,  as  compared  to  net  cash  used  in 
financing  activities  of  $94.1  million  in  2020,  primarily  due  to  higher  net  borrowings  to  partially  fund  the  purchase 
price of the Able Acquisition.

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  decreased  by  $90.7  million  during  2020,  as  compared  to  2019, 

primarily due to lower repayments of our borrowings in 2020.

Dividends

On  December  15,  2021,  we  announced  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.195  per  share  on  our  common 
stock,  payable  on  February  7,  2022.  We  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  on  our  common  stock  every  quarter 
during 2021, 2020, and 2019. We paid total annual dividends of $51.0 million, $49.3 million, and $47.7 million during 
2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

36

Material Cash Requirements from Contractual and Other Obligations

As of October 31, 2021, our material cash requirements for our known contractual and other obligations 

were as follows: 

•

Debt Obligations and Interest Payments – Outstanding payments on our Amended Credit Facility were 
$888.8 million, with $32.5 million payable within 12 months. Additionally, we had future interest payments 
based  on  our  hedged  borrowings  under  our Amended  Credit  Facility  of  $5.0  million,  which  is  payable 
within 12 months. The interest payments on our remaining borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility 
will  be  determined  based  upon  the  average  outstanding  balance  of  our  borrowings  and  the  prevailing 
interest rate during that time. See Note 11, “Credit Facility,” in the Financial Statements for further detail 
of our debt and the timing of expected future principal and interest payments.

• Operating  and  Finance  Leases  –  We  enter  into  various  noncancelable  lease  agreements  for  office 
space,  parking  facilities,  warehouses,  vehicles,  and  equipment  used  in  the  normal  course  of  business. 
Operating  and  finance  lease  obligations  were  $170.6  million,  with  $38.9  million  payable  within  12 
months.  See  Note  5,  “Leases,”  in  the  Financial  Statements  for  further  detail  of  our  obligations  and  the 
timing of expected future payments.

•

•

•

•

•

Service  Concession  Arrangements  –  As  defined  under  Topic  853,  Service  Concession  Arrangements, 
our leased location parking arrangements are represented as service concession arrangements. We had 
contractual  payments  for  these  arrangements  of  $89.9  million,  with  $24.9  million  payable  within  12 
months. 

Information  Technology  Service  Agreements  –  Information  technology  service  agreements  represent 
outsourced  services  and  licensing  costs  pursuant  to  our  information  technology  agreements.  We  had 
contractual payments for these agreements of $79.9 million, with $44.9 million payable within 12 months.

Benefit  Obligations  –  Expected  future  payments  relating  to  our  defined  benefit,  postretirement,  and 
deferred compensation plans were $45.8 million, with $4.5 million payable in 12 months. These amounts 
are based on expected future service and were calculated using the same assumptions used to measure 
our benefit obligation at October 31, 2021.

Litigation Settlements – A litigation settlement of $142.9 million related to the Bucio case is payable in 12 
months. See Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” in the Financial Statements for further details. 

CARES Act Tax Obligations – We deferred approximately $132 million of payroll tax provisions under the 
CARES  Act  with  $66  million  payable  in  12  months.  See  Note  16,  “Income  Taxes,”  in  the  Financial 
Statements for further details.

In  addition,  our  material  cash  requirements  for  other  obligations,  for  which  we  cannot  reasonably 

estimate future payments, include the following:

• Multiemployer  Benefit  Plans  –  In  addition  to  our  company  sponsored  benefit  plans,  we  participate  in 
certain  multiemployer  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans.  The  cost  of  these  plans  is  equal  to  the 
annual  required  contributions  determined  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  negotiated  collective 
bargaining  arrangements.  During  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  contributions  made  to  these  plans  were 
$348.8 million, $335.8 million, and $345.4 million, respectively; however, our future contributions to the 
multiemployer plans are dependent upon a number of factors, including the funded status of the plans, 
the  ability  of  other  participating  companies  to  meet  ongoing  funding  obligations,  and  the  level  of  our 
ongoing  participation  in  these  plans.  Amounts  of  future  contributions  that  we  would  be  contractually 
obligated  to  make  pursuant  to  these  plans  cannot  be  reasonably  estimated.  See  Note  12,  “Employee 
Benefit Plans,” in the Financial Statements for more information.

•

Self-Insurance  Obligations  –  We  may  make  payments  for  exposures  for  which  we  are  self-insured, 
including  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  property  damage,  and  other 
insurable  risks.  At  October  31,  2021,  our  self-insurance  reserves,  net  of  recoverables,  were  $508.3 
million. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, we are unable to make a reliable estimate 
of the amount or timing of cash that may be required to settle these matters. See Note 10, “Insurance,” in 
the Financial Statements for further detail. 

37

•

Unrecognized  Tax  Benefits  – At  October  31,  2021,  our  total  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  was 
$12.5 million. The resolution or settlement of these tax positions with the taxing authorities is subject to 
significant uncertainty, and therefore we are unable to make a reliable estimate of the amount or timing 
of cash that may be required to settle these matters. In addition, certain of these matters may not require 
cash  settlements  due  to  the  exercise  of  credits  and  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  as  well  as  other 
offsets, including the indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions that may be available.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements other than unrecorded standby letters of credit and surety 
bonds. We use letters of credit and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business to ensure the performance of 
contractual  obligations  and  to  collateralize  self-insurance  obligations  in  the  event  we  are  unable  to  meet  our 
claim  payment  obligations.  As  we  already  have  reserves  on  our  books  for  the  claims  costs,  these  do  not 
represent additional liabilities. The surety bonds typically remain in force for one to five years and may include 
optional renewal periods. As of October 31, 2021, these letters of credit and surety bonds totaled $167.7 million 
and  $687.3  million,  respectively.  Neither  of  these  arrangements  has  a  material  current  effect,  or  is  reasonably 
likely  to  have  a  material  future  effect,  on  our  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations, 
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. 

38

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted 
accounting  principles  requires  our  management  to  make  certain  estimates  that  affect  the  reported  amounts.  We 
base our estimates on historical experience, known or expected trends, independent valuations, and various other 
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. As future events and their effects cannot be 
determined  with  precision,  actual  results  could  differ  significantly  from  these  estimates.  There  have  been  no 
significant  changes  to  our  critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2021.  We 
believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  govern  the  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the 
preparation of our Financial Statements.

Description

Judgments and Uncertainties

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We have not made any changes in the accounting 
methodology used to determine the fair value of customer 
relationships during the last three years.

If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of 
the underlying business activity change compared with the 
assumptions and projections used to develop the values of 
the identifiable intangible assets, then we could record 
material impairment losses.

With other assumptions held constant, a 10% increase in 
the calculated fair value of the Able customer relationships 
would increase the annual amortization expense by $2.8 
million in 2022.

See the “Valuation of Long-Lived Assets” critical accounting 
policy for information about impairment evaluations.

Future revenue growth, future 
operating performance margin as a 
percentage of revenues, customer 
attrition rate, and discount rate 
applied are the significant 
estimates used in the excess 
earnings method to determine the 
fair value of customer 
relationships. These estimates are 
influenced by many factors, 
including historical financial 
information, estimated retention 
rates, and management's 
expectations for future customer 
growth as a combined company.

Another estimate that impacts the 
valuation is the contributory charge 
for the acquired workforce, which 
involves management assumptions 
based on historical experience, 
including interview time and new 
hire productivity.

The estimated life is determined by 
calculating the number of years 
necessary to obtain 90% of the 
value of the discounted cash flows 
of the relationships and is directly 
tied to the accuracy of the above 
assumptions.

Customer Relationships

When we acquire a 
company, we determine 
the fair value on the 
acquisition date of assets 
acquired and liabilities 
assumed.

We anticipate that for most 
acquisitions, we will 
exercise significant 
judgment in estimating the 
fair value of intangible 
assets.

In a typical acquisition, 
customer relationships are 
our most significant 
definite-lived intangible 
asset. In valuing these 
relationships, we engage a 
third-party valuation expert 
to fair value these assets 
using a version of the 
income approach known as 
the “excess earnings 
method.”

This method uses a 
discounted cash flow 
approach that is derived 
from historical information, 
future revenue and 
operating profit margins, 
contributory asset charges, 
and the selection of an 
appropriate discount rate.

We consider this approach 
the most appropriate 
valuation technique 
because the inherent value 
of these assets is their 
ability to generate current 
and future income.

39

Description

Judgments and Uncertainties

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

During the last three years, we have not made any changes 
in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the 
impairment of long-lived assets or to estimate the useful 
lives of our long-lived assets. Additionally, we have not 
made any changes in the accounting methodology used to 
evaluate impairment of goodwill during the last three years.

At October 31, 2021, we had $2.2 billion of goodwill. Our 
goodwill is included in the following segments:

$1.1 billion — B&I (includes $554.0 million related to the 
Able Acquisition on September 30, 2021)

$407.2 million — T&M

$459.3 million — Education

$69.9 million — Aviation

$162.7 million — Technical Solutions

A goodwill impairment analysis was performed for each of 
our reporting units on August 1, 2021. Based on these 
studies, the implied fair value of each of our reporting units 
was substantially in excess of its carrying value. Therefore, 
we concluded there were no indicators of impairment. A 
10% decrease in the estimated fair value of any of our 
reporting units would not have resulted in a different 
conclusion.

During the third quarter of 2021, we recognized a non-cash 
impairment charge totaling $9.1 million in our Corporate 
segment for previously capitalized internal-use software 
related to our ERP system implementation. The Company 
determined that certain components that were previously 
developed would no longer be integrated into the new ERP 
system. The impairment charge reduced the carrying value 
to zero for those components.

During the second quarter of 2020, given the general 
deterioration in economic and market conditions arising 
from the Pandemic, we identified a triggering event 
indicating possible impairment of goodwill and intangible 
assets. For the three goodwill reporting units tested 
quantitatively, we estimated the fair value using a weighting 
of fair values derived from an income approach and a 
market approach. Based on the evaluation performed, we 
determined that goodwill was impaired for each of the three 
goodwill reporting units evaluated and recognized a non-
cash impairment charge totaling $163.8 million ($99.3 
million related to Education, $55.5 million related to 
Aviation, and $9.0 million related to our U.K. Technical 
Solutions business). We also recognized intangible asset 
impairment charges of $5.6 million related to Aviation and 
$3.4 million related to our U.K. Technical Solutions 
business. We performed our annual goodwill impairment 
analysis on August 1, 2020, using a qualitative approach 
since there were no indicators of impairment subsequent to 
our quantitative analysis performed in the second quarter of 
2020 as discussed above. As a result of the qualitative 
analysis, we concluded that there were no further 
impairments.  

Valuation of Long-Lived 
Assets 

We evaluate our fixed 
assets and amortizable 
intangible assets for 
impairment whenever 
events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of 
such assets may not be 
recoverable. These events 
and circumstances include, 
but are not limited to: 
higher than expected 
attrition for customer 
relationships; a current 
expectation that a long-
lived asset will be disposed 
of significantly before the 
end of its previously 
estimated useful life, such 
as when we classify a 
business as held for sale; a 
significant adverse change 
in the extent or manner in 
which we use a long-lived 
asset; or a change in the 
physical condition of a 
long-lived asset. 

Undiscounted cash flow 
analyses are used to 
determine if impairment 
exists; if impairment is 
determined to exist, the 
loss is calculated based on 
estimated fair value.

Goodwill is not amortized 
but rather tested at least 
annually for impairment or 
more often if events or 
changes in circumstances 
indicate it is more-likely-
than-not that the carrying 
amount of the asset may 
not be recoverable. 
Goodwill is tested for 
impairment at the reporting 
unit level, which represents 
an operating segment or a 
component of an operating 
segment. Goodwill is 
tested for impairment by 
either performing a 
qualitative evaluation or a 
quantitative test. The 
qualitative evaluation is an 
assessment of factors to 
determine whether it is 
more-likely-than-not that 
the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. 
We may elect not to 
perform the qualitative 
assessment for some or all 
of our reporting units and 
instead perform a 
quantitative impairment 
test. 

Our impairment evaluations require 
us to apply judgment in 
determining whether a triggering 
event has occurred, including the 
evaluation of whether it is more- 
likely-than-not that a long-lived 
asset will be disposed of 
significantly before the end of its 
previously estimated useful life. 
Incorrect estimation of useful lives 
may result in inaccurate 
depreciation and amortization 
charges over future periods 
leading, to future impairment. 

Our impairment loss calculations 
contain uncertainties because they 
require management to make 
assumptions and to apply 
judgment to estimate future cash 
flows and asset fair values, 
including forecasting useful lives of 
the assets and selecting the 
discount rate that reflects the risk 
inherent in future cash flows.

We estimate the fair value of each 
reporting unit using a combination 
of the income approach and the 
market approach.

The income approach incorporates 
the use of a discounted cash flow 
method in which the estimated 
future cash flows and terminal 
value are calculated for each 
reporting unit and then discounted 
to present value using an 
appropriate discount rate. 

The valuation of our reporting units 
requires significant judgment in 
evaluation of recent indicators of 
market activity and estimated 
future cash flows, discount rates, 
and other factors. Our impairment 
analyses contain inherent 
uncertainties due to uncontrollable 
events that could positively or 
negatively impact anticipated future 
economic and operating 
conditions.

In making these estimates, the 
weighted-average cost of capital is 
utilized to calculate the present 
value of future cash flows and 
terminal value. Many variables go 
into estimating future cash flows, 
including estimates of our future 
revenue growth and operating 
results. When estimating our 
projected revenue growth and 
future operating results, we 
consider industry trends, economic 
data, and our competitive 
advantage. 

The market approach estimates 
fair value of a reporting unit by 
using market comparables for 
reasonably similar public 
companies. 

40

 
Judgments and Uncertainties

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We have not made any changes in the accounting 
methodology used to establish our self-insurance 
liabilities during the past three years.

After analyzing recent loss development patterns, 
comparing the loss development patterns against 
benchmarks, and applying actuarial projection 
methods to estimate the ultimate losses, we 
decreased our total reserves related to prior years 
known claims as well as our estimate of the loss 
amounts associated with IBNR claims during 2021 
by $36.0 million. In 2020, we decreased our total 
reserves related to prior years claims by $30.2 
million.

It is possible that actual results could differ from 
recorded self-insurance liabilities. A 10% change in 
our projected ultimate losses would have affected 
net income by approximately $37.3 million for 2021.

Our self-insurance liabilities 
contain uncertainties due to 
assumptions required and 
judgment used. 

Costs to settle our obligations, 
including legal and healthcare 
costs, could fluctuate and cause 
estimates of our self-insurance 
liabilities to change. 

Incident rates, including frequency 
and severity, could fluctuate and 
cause the estimates in our self-
insurance liabilities to change.

These estimates are subject to: 
changes in the regulatory 
environment; fluctuations in 
projected exposures, including 
payroll, revenues, and the number 
of vehicle units; and the frequency, 
lag, and severity of claims.
The full extent of certain claims, 
especially workers’ compensation 
and general liability claims, may 
not be fully determined for several 
years. 

In addition, if the reserves related 
to self-insurance or high deductible 
programs from acquired 
businesses are not adequate to 
cover damages resulting from 
future accidents or other incidents, 
we may be exposed to substantial 
losses arising from future claim 
developments.

Description

Insurance Reserves

We use a combination of insured 
and self-insurance programs to 
cover workers’ compensation, 
general liability, automobile liability, 
property damage, and other 
insurable risks. 

Insurance claim liabilities 
represent our estimate of retained 
risks without regard to insurance 
coverage. We retain a substantial 
portion of the risk related to certain 
workers’ compensation and 
medical claims. Liabilities 
associated with these losses 
include estimates of both claims 
filed and IBNR Claims.

With the assistance of third-party 
actuaries, we periodically review 
our estimate of ultimate losses for 
IBNR Claims and adjust our 
required self-insurance reserves 
as appropriate. As part of this 
evaluation, we review the status of 
existing and new claim reserves as 
established by our third-party 
claims administrators. 

The third-party claims 
administrators establish the case 
reserves based upon known 
factors related to the type and 
severity of the claims, 
demographic data, legislative 
matters, and case law, as 
appropriate. 

We compare actual trends to 
expected trends and monitor 
claims development. 

The specific case reserves 
estimated by the third-party 
administrators are provided to an 
actuary who assists us in 
projecting an actuarial estimate of 
the overall ultimate losses for our 
self-insured or high deductible 
programs. The projection includes 
the case reserves plus an actuarial 
estimate of reserves required for 
additional developments, including 
IBNR Claims. 

We utilize the results of actuarial 
studies to estimate our insurance 
rates and insurance reserves for 
future periods and to adjust 
reserves, if appropriate, for prior 
years.

41

Description

Judgments and Uncertainties

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Contingencies and Litigation 

We are a party to a number of 
lawsuits, claims, and proceedings 
incident to the operation of our 
business, including those 
pertaining to labor and 
employment, contracts, personal 
injury, and other matters, some of 
which allege substantial monetary 
damages. Some of these actions 
may be brought as class actions 
on behalf of a class or purported 
class of employees.

We accrue for loss contingencies 
when losses become probable and 
are reasonably estimable. If the 
reasonable estimate of the loss is 
a range and no amount within the 
range is a better estimate, the 
minimum amount of the range is 
recorded as a liability. 

We do not accrue for contingent 
losses that, in our judgment, are 
considered to be reasonably 
possible but not probable. 

Litigation outcomes are difficult to 
predict and are often resolved over 
long periods of time. 

We have not made any changes in the accounting 
methodology used to establish our loss 
contingencies during the past three years.

Our management currently estimates the range of 
loss for all reasonably possible losses for which a 
reasonable estimate of the loss can be made is 
between zero and $6 million. Factors underlying this 
estimated range of loss may change from time to 
time, and actual results may vary significantly from 
this estimate.

Estimating probable and 
reasonably possible losses 
requires the analysis of multiple 
possible outcomes that often 
depend on judgments about 
potential actions by third parties, 
such as future changes in facts 
and circumstances, differing 
interpretations of the law, 
assessments of the amount of 
damages, and other factors 
beyond our control. There is the 
potential for a material adverse 
effect on our Financial Statements 
if one or more matters are 
resolved in a particular period in 
an amount materially in excess of 
what we anticipated.

In addition, in some cases, 
although a loss is probable or 
reasonably possible, we cannot 
reasonably estimate the maximum 
potential losses for probable 
matters or the range of losses for 
reasonably possible 
matters. Therefore, our accrual for 
probable losses and our estimated 
range of loss for reasonably 
possible losses do not represent 
our maximum possible exposure.

42

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting 
Standard 
Updates

2021-01

Topic

Reference Rate 
Reform (Topic 848): 
Scope

Summary

This Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”), issued in January 
2021, clarifies that derivatives affected by the discounting 
transition are explicitly eligible for certain optional expedients 
and exceptions under Topic 848. 

While we are currently evaluating the impact of 
implementing this guidance on our financial statements, we 
do not expect adoption to have a material impact.

2020-04

Reference Rate 
Reform (Topic 848): 
Facilitation of the 
Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on 
Financial Reporting

This ASU, issued in March 2020, provides optional 
expedients to assist with the discontinuance of LIBOR. The 
expedients allow companies to ease the potential accounting 
burden when modifying contracts and hedging relationships 
that use LIBOR as a reference rate, if certain criteria are 
met. 

2020-01

Investments—Equity 
Securities (Topic 321), 
Investments—Equity 
Method and Joint 
Ventures (Topic 323), 
and Derivatives and 
Hedging (Topic 815): 
Clarifying the 
Interactions between 
Topic 321, Topic 323, 
and Topic 815

While we are currently evaluating the impact of 
implementing this guidance on our financial statements, we 
do not expect adoption to have a material impact.

This ASU, issued in January 2020, clarifies the interaction 
between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. The new 
guidance, among other things, states that a company should 
consider observable transactions that require it to either 
apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting for the 
purposes of applying the fair value measurement alternative 
immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity 
method.

While we are currently evaluating the impact of 
implementing this guidance on our financial statements, we 
do not expect adoption to have a material impact.

Effective Date/
Method of Adoption

This update was effective 
upon issuance and can 
be applied to hedging 
relationships 
retrospectively or 
prospectively through 
December 31, 2022.

This update was effective 
upon issuance and can 
be applied prospectively 
to contract modifications 
made and hedging 
relationships entered into 
or evaluated through 
December 31, 2022.

November 1, 2021 

This update will be 
applied prospectively.

2019-12

Income Taxes (Topic 
740): Simplifying the 
Accounting for Income 
Taxes

This ASU, issued in December 2019, removes certain 
exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax 
allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in 
an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax 
liabilities for outside basis differences. This ASU also 
amends other aspects of the guidance to help simplify and 
promote consistent application of Topic 740. 

We are currently evaluating the impact of implementing this 
guidance on our financial statements.

November 1, 2021

The amendments have 
differing adoption 
methods, including 
retrospectively, 
prospectively, and/or on a 
modified retrospective 
basis.

43

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We have market risk exposure related to interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Market risk is 
measured  as  the  potential  negative  impact  on  earnings,  cash  flows,  or  fair  values  resulting  from  a  hypothetical 
change in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We  are  primarily  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  through  our  variable  rate  borrowings  under  our  Amended 
Credit  Facility,  as  further  described  in  Note  11,  “Credit  Facility,”  in  the  Financial  Statements.  Under  the Amended 
Credit  Facility,  the  term  loan  and  U.S.-dollar-denominated  borrowings  under  the  revolver  bear  interest  at  a  rate 
equal  to  one-month  LIBOR  plus  a  spread.  Euro-  and  sterling-denominated  borrowings  under  the  revolver  bear  at 
rate equal to the EURIBOR and SONIA reference rates, respectively, plus a spread. At October 31, 2021, we had 
total outstanding borrowings of $888.8 million. To limit exposure to upward movements in interest rates associated 
with  our  floating-rate,  LIBOR-based  borrowings,  we  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  fix  the  interest 
rates  on  a  portion  of  our  outstanding  borrowings.  At  October  31,  2021,  we  had  interest  rate  swaps  with  an 
underlying notional amount of $260.0 million and fixed interest rates of 2.84% and 2.86%. Based on our average 
borrowings,  interest  rates,  and  interest  rate  swaps  in  effect  at  October  31,  2021,  a  100  basis  point  increase  in 
LIBOR, EURIBOR, and SONIA would decrease our future earnings and cash flows by $7.1 million. For 2020, our 
market risk exposure related to interest rate fluctuations was $2.5 million. As actual interest rate movements over 
time  are  uncertain,  our  interest  rate  swaps  pose  potential  interest  rate  risks  if  interest  rates  decrease.  As  of 
October 31, 2021, the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements was a liability of $4.6 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are primarily exposed to the impact of foreign exchange rate risk through our U.K. operations where the 
functional currency is the GBP. As we intend to remain permanently invested in these foreign operations, we do not 
utilize hedging instruments to mitigate foreign currency exchange risks. If we change our intent with respect to such 
international  investment,  we  would  expect  to  implement  strategies  designed  to  manage  those  risks  in  an  effort  to 
mitigate the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows.

44

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
ABM Industries Incorporated:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ABM Industries Incorporated and subsidiaries 
(the Company) as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income 
(loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended October 31, 2021, 
and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our 
opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years 
in the three‑year period ended October 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated December 22, 2021 expressed an unqualified 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free 
of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the 
risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and 
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) 
relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter 
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the 
accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Fair value of customer relationship intangible asset from the acquisition of Able

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, on September 30, 2021, the Company 
completed its acquisition of Crown Building Maintenance Co. and Crown Energy Services, Inc. (collectively, 

45

Able) for $741.7 million. As a result of the transaction, the Company acquired a customer relationship 
intangible asset representing future estimated income from Able’s existing customers. The acquisition-date 
preliminary fair value determined for the customer relationship intangible asset was $220.0 million.

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset from the 
acquisition of Able as a critical audit matter as a high degree of subjectivity was required to evaluate certain 
inputs in the discounted cash flow model used to determine the fair value of the asset. Such inputs included 
expected future revenue growth, future operating performance margins, customer attrition rate, and 
discount rate applied. Changes in these inputs could have a significant impact on the fair value of the 
customer relationship intangible asset.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated 
the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s 
acquisition-date valuation process, including controls over the development of the above listed inputs used 
to value the customer relationship intangible asset. We evaluated the future revenue growth and future 
operating performance margins by comparing these inputs to the historical performance of peer companies 
and to the pre-acquisition historical performance of both the Company and Able. We involved valuation 
professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:

•

•

•

evaluating the estimated annual attrition rate by comparing the selected attrition rate against 
historical customer attrition of Able
evaluating the Company’s discount rate by comparing the rate against a discount rate range that 
was independently developed
developing a fair value estimate of the customer relationship intangible asset using the Company’s 
cash flow projections and independently developed range of discount rates and comparing it to the 
Company’s estimate.

Valuation of self-insurance liabilities 

As discussed in Notes 2 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company uses a combination 
of insured and self-insurance programs to cover workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile liability, 
property damage, and other insurable risks. The balance of casualty program insurance reserves, net of 
recoverables, as of October 31, 2021 amounted to $508.3 million. The Company engages actuaries to 
estimate its self-insurance liabilities at least annually.

We identified the assessment of the valuation of self-insurance liabilities, other than those assumed in the 
acquisition of Able, as a critical audit matter. A high degree of judgment and actuarial expertise was required 
to assess: (1) the actuarial models used and (2) the estimated incurred but not reported claims based on 
application of loss development factors to historical claims experience.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated 
the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s self-
insurance liability process, including controls related to (1) evaluation of claims information sent to the 
actuary, (2) estimation of incurred but not reported claims based on the application of loss development 
factors to historical claims experience, and (3) evaluation of the actuarial report and the external actuarial 
specialist’s qualifications and competency. We evaluated the Company’s historical ability to estimate self-
insurance liabilities by comparing the prior year recorded amounts to the subsequent claim development. 
We tested a sample of the claims data utilized by the Company’s actuaries by comparing it to underlying 
claims details; and involved an actuarial professional with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in 
the:

•

•

assessment of the actuarial models used by the Company for consistency with generally accepted 
actuarial standards and
development of an actuarial estimate of self-insurance liabilities based on the Company’s 
underlying historical paid and incurred loss data for comparison with the liabilities recorded by the 
Company.

46

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1980.

New York, New York
December 22, 2021 

47

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
ABM Industries Incorporated:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited ABM Industries Incorporated and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial 
reporting as of October 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company 
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, the related 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income, (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years 
in the three‑year period ended October 31, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II 
(collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated December 22, 2021 expressed an 
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

The Company acquired Crown Building Maintenance Co. and Crown Energy Services, Inc. (collectively, “Able”) on 
September 30, 2021, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, Able’s internal control over financial reporting. Able 
represented approximately 4.4% of the Company’s total consolidated assets (excluding goodwill and intangibles, 
which are included in the scope of the assessment) and 1.6% of total consolidated revenues as of and for the year 
ended October 31, 2021. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an 
evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Able.

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for 
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting 
was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 

48

only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
December 22, 2021

49

ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $32.7 and $35.5 
    at October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Costs incurred in excess of amounts billed
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets

Other investments
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $274.7 and 
    $241.3 at October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

Right-of-use assets
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $389.3 and $343.8 

at October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

Goodwill
Other noncurrent assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt, net
Trade accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued taxes—other than income
Insurance claims
Income taxes payable
Current portion of lease liabilities 
Other accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net
Long-term lease liabilities
Deferred income tax liability, net
Noncurrent insurance claims
Other noncurrent liabilities
Noncurrent income taxes payable

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity

October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

62.8  $ 

394.2 

1,137.1 
52.5 
88.7 
60.0 
1,401.2 
11.8 

111.9 

126.5 

424.8 
2,228.9 
131.2 
4,436.2  $ 

31.4  $ 

$ 

$ 

289.4 
238.0 
124.9 
171.4 
11.4 
31.8 
387.4 
1,285.8 
852.8 
116.6 
22.5 
413.3 
123.5 
12.5 
2,827.0 

854.2 
52.2 
85.4 
55.9 
1,441.9 
11.1 

133.7 

143.1 

239.7 
1,671.4 
136.1 
3,776.9 

116.7 
273.3 
187.6 
45.5 
155.2 
6.2 
35.0 
167.3 
986.9 
603.0 
131.4 
10.8 
366.3 
168.1 
10.1 
2,276.6 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; none issued 

— 

— 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
    67,302,449 and 66,748,157 shares issued and outstanding at 
    October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

0.7 
750.9 
(22.5)   
880.2 
1,609.2 
4,436.2  $ 

0.7 
724.1 
(30.8) 
806.4 
1,500.3 
3,776.9 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions, except per share amounts)
Revenues
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses

Restructuring and related expenses

Amortization of intangible assets 
Impairment loss of goodwill and other intangibles 
Operating profit
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
Interest expense
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax provision
Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss)

Interest rate swaps
Foreign currency translation and other
Income tax (provision) benefit

Comprehensive income (loss)

Net income per common share — Basic
Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income

Net income per common share — Diluted
Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income

Weighted-average common and common 
   equivalent shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

6,228.6  $ 
5,258.2 
719.2 

5,987.6  $ 
5,157.0 
506.1 

6,498.6 
5,767.5 
452.9 

— 

45.0 
— 
206.3 
2.1 
(28.6)   
179.8 
(53.5)   
126.3 
— 
126.3 

4.5 
5.3 
(1.5)   
134.5  $ 

1.87  $ 
— 
1.87  $ 

1.86  $ 
— 
1.86  $ 

7.6 

48.4 
172.8 
95.7 
2.2 
(44.6)   
53.3 
(53.1)   
0.2 
0.1 
0.3 

(7.6)   
(1.8)   
2.4 
(6.6)  $ 

0.00  $ 
— 
0.00  $ 

0.00  $ 
— 
0.00  $ 

67.4 
68.0 

66.9 
67.3 

11.2 

58.5 
— 
208.3 
3.0 
(51.1) 
160.2 
(32.7) 
127.5 
(0.1) 
127.4 

(22.4) 
1.6 
5.9 
112.5 

1.92 
— 
1.91 

1.91 
— 
1.90 

66.6 
66.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Common Stock

Balance, beginning of year

Stock issued under employee stock purchase and share-based
   compensation plans

Repurchase of common stock

Balance, end of year

Additional Paid-in Capital

Balance, beginning of year

Taxes withheld under employee stock purchase and share-

based compensation plans, net

Share-based compensation expense

Repurchase of common stock

Balance, end of year

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Taxes

Balance, beginning of year

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance, end of year

Retained Earnings

Balance, beginning of year

Net income

Dividends

Common stock ($0.760, $0.740, and $0.720 per share)

Stock issued under share-based compensation plans

Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of ASU 2014-09

   Balance, end of year

Total Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

2019

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

66.7  $ 

0.6 

— 

67.3 

0.7 

— 

— 

0.7 

724.1 

(6.7) 

33.5 

— 

750.9 

(30.8) 

8.2 

(22.5) 

806.4 

126.3 

(51.0) 

(1.5) 

— 

880.2 

66.6  $ 

0.3 

(0.2) 

66.7 

0.7 

— 

— 

0.7 

708.9 

— 

20.3 

(5.1) 

724.1 

(23.9) 

(6.9) 

(30.8) 

856.3 

0.3 

(49.3) 

(0.9) 

— 

806.4 

66.0  $ 

0.6 

— 

66.6 

0.7 

— 

— 

0.7 

691.8 

(0.3) 

17.5 

— 

708.9 

(9.0) 

(14.9) 

(23.9) 

771.2 

127.4 

(47.7) 

(1.0) 

6.5 

856.3 

$  1,609.2 

$  1,500.3 

$  1,542.0 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

126.3  $ 

0.3  $ 

(in millions)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Income from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by
    operating activities of continuing operations

Depreciation and amortization

Impairment loss on goodwill and other intangibles

Impairment loss on fixed assets

Deferred income taxes

Share-based compensation expense

Provision for bad debt

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive gain on interest rate swaps

Discount accretion on insurance claims

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

Reserves on other assets

Income from unconsolidated affiliates

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

Trade accounts receivable and costs incurred in excess of amounts billed

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Right-of-use assets

Other noncurrent assets

Trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities 

Insurance claims

Income taxes payable

Other noncurrent liabilities

Total adjustments

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of assets

Proceeds from redemption of auction rate security

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Taxes withheld from issuance of share-based compensation awards, net 

Repurchases of common stock

Dividends paid

Deferred financing costs paid

Borrowings from credit facility

Repayment of borrowings from credit facility

Changes in book cash overdrafts

Financing of energy savings performance contracts

Repayment of finance lease obligations

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

53

— 

126.3 

89.9 

— 

9.1 

(48.0) 

33.5 

0.6 

(6.4) 

0.1 

0.2 

— 

(2.1) 

1.9 

(124.5) 

6.8 

19.3 

13.8 

265.7 

(16.3) 

(28.4) 

8.3 

(35.4) 

188.0 

314.3 

— 

314.3 

(34.3) 

4.4 

— 

(710.2) 
(740.0) 

(8.1) 

— 

(51.0) 

(6.4) 

357.7 

(194.2) 

(17.9) 

15.1 

(2.8) 

92.4 

1.9 

(331.4) 

394.2 

(0.1) 

0.2 

96.4 

172.8 

— 

(36.6) 

20.3 

19.6 

(6.7) 

0.8 

2.1 

17.6 

(2.2) 

0.1 

141.4 

(15.5) 

24.4 

(10.4) 

(53.5) 

(22.9) 

5.7 

7.6 

96.2 

457.2 

457.4 

0.1 

457.5 

(38.0) 

5.5 

5.0 

— 
(27.5) 

(0.9) 

(5.1) 

(49.3) 

(4.4) 

41.2 

11.1 

(3.4) 

(94.1) 

(0.2) 

335.7 

58.5 

127.4 

0.1 

127.5 

107.4 

— 

— 

9.7 

17.5 

6.7 

(5.7) 

0.8 

(0.6) 

— 

(3.0) 

5.4 

(78.3) 

(13.2) 

— 

4.5 

85.8 

— 

3.9 

3.2 

(8.7) 

135.3 

262.8 

(0.1) 

262.7 

(59.6) 

1.3 

— 

— 
(58.3) 

(1.3) 

— 

(47.7) 

— 

(0.2) 

8.1 

(3.1) 

(184.8) 

(0.2) 

19.4 

39.1 

58.5 

1,058.5 

(1,141.6) 

1,755.9 

(1,896.5) 

$ 

62.8  $ 

394.2  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(continued)

(in millions)

Supplemental cash flow information

Income tax payments, net

Interest paid on credit facility

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

93.5  $ 

14.3 

82.2  $ 

32.9 

20.6 

39.9 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

 
 
 
ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

ABM is a leading provider of integrated facility services with a mission to make a difference, every person, 

every day. We are organized into four industry groups and one Technical Solutions segment: 

Through  these  groups,  we  offer  janitorial,  facilities  engineering,  parking,  and  specialized  mechanical  and 

electrical technical solutions, on a standalone basis or in combination with other services.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  United  States  generally  accepted 
accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, specifically Regulation S-X and 
the instructions to Form 10-K. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to years are to our fiscal year, which ends 
on October 31.

The Financial Statements include the accounts of ABM and all of our consolidated subsidiaries. We account 
for ABM’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting. We include the results of 
acquired  businesses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  from  their  respective 
acquisition dates. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  our 
management  to  make  certain  estimates  that  affect  reported  amounts.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical 
experience, known or expected trends, independent valuations, and various other assumptions that we believe to 
be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances. As  future  events  and  their  effects  cannot  be  determined  with  precision, 
actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. 

We round amounts in the Financial Statements to millions and calculate all percentages and per-share data 
from the underlying whole-dollar amounts. Thus, certain amounts may not foot, crossfoot, or recalculate based on 
reported numbers due to rounding.

Impact of the Pandemic

COVID-19 has resulted in a worldwide health Pandemic. To date, the Pandemic has surfaced in regions all 
around the world and resulted in business slowdowns and shutdowns, as well as global travel restrictions. In these 
Financial Statements, we have assessed the current impact of the Pandemic on our financial condition, results of 
operations,  and  cash  flows  as  well  as  on  our  estimates,  forecasts,  and  accounting  policies.  We  have  made 
additional  disclosures  of  these  assessments,  as  necessary.  Given  the  unprecedented  nature  of  this  situation,  we 
cannot reasonably estimate the full impact the Pandemic will have on our financial condition, results of operations, 
or  cash  flows  in  the  foreseeable  future. The  ultimate  impact  of  the  Pandemic  on  our  company  is  highly  uncertain 
and will depend on future developments, and such impacts could exist for an extended period of time, even after the 
Pandemic subsides.

The Pandemic continues to create a dynamic client environment, and we are working diligently to ensure 
our clients’ changing staffing and service needs are met while actively managing direct labor and related personnel 

55

costs,  including  furloughs  or  reduced  hours  for  certain  frontline  employees  in  markets  significantly  impacted  by 
business slowdowns and shutdowns.

Refer  to  additional  discussion  regarding  the  Pandemic  and  the  impact  on  our  business  throughout  this 
document, including Note 7, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” 
and Note 11, “Credit Facility.”

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash 
equivalents. As part of our cash management system, we use “zero balance” accounts to fund our disbursements. 
Under this system, at the end of each day the bank balance is zero, while the book balance is usually a negative 
amount due to reconciling items, such as outstanding checks. We report the changes in these book cash overdrafts 
as cash flows from financing activities. 

Trade Accounts Receivable and Costs Incurred in Excess of Amounts Billed

Trade accounts receivable arise from services provided to our clients and are usually due and payable on 
varying  terms  from  receipt  of  the  invoice  to  net  90  days,  with  the  exception  of  certain Technical  Solutions  project 
receivables  that  may  have  longer  collection  periods. These  receivables  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and 
normally  do  not  bear  interest.  In  addition,  our  trade  accounts  receivable  include  unbilled  receivables,  such  as 
invoices for services that have been provided but are not yet billed.

Costs  incurred  in  excess  of  amounts  billed  arise  from  Technical  Solutions  project  contracts  that  typically 
provide for a schedule of billings or invoices to the client based on our performance to date of specific tasks inherent 
in the fulfillment of our performance obligation(s). The schedules for such billings usually do not precisely match the 
schedule  on  which  costs  are  incurred. As  a  result,  revenues  generally  differ  from  amounts  that  can  be  billed  or 
invoiced to the client at any point during the contract.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We determine the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical write-offs, known or expected trends, 
and the identification of specific balances deemed uncollectible. For the specifically identified balances, we establish 
the  reserve  upon  the  earlier  of  a  client’s  inability  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  or  after  a  period  of  12  months, 
unless our management believes such amounts will ultimately be collectible. 

Sales Allowance

In connection with our service contracts, we periodically issue credit memos to our clients that are recorded 
as a reduction in revenues and an increase to the allowance for billing adjustments. These credits can result from 
client  vacancy  discounts,  job  cancellations,  property  damage,  and  other  items.  We  estimate  our  potential  future 
losses on these client receivables based on an analysis of the historical rate of sales adjustments (credit memos, 
net of re-bills) and known or expected trends. 

Other Current Assets

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  other  current  assets  primarily  consisted  of  other  receivables,  short-term 

insurance recoverables, and capitalized commissions. 

Other Investments

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  other  investments  primarily  consisted  of  investments  in  unconsolidated 

affiliates.

Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

We  own  non-controlling  interests  (generally  20%  to  50%)  in  certain  affiliated  entities  that  predominantly 
provide facility solutions to governmental and commercial clients, primarily in the United States and the Middle East. 
We  account  for  such  investments  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  We  evaluate  our  equity  method 
investments  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amounts  of 
such  investments  may  not  be  recoverable. An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  to  the  extent  that  the  estimated  fair 
value  of  the  investment  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount  and  we  determine  that  the  impairment  is  other  than 
temporary. At  October  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  our  investments  in  unconsolidated  affiliates  were  $11.7  million, 

56

$11.0 million, and $8.9 million, respectively. We did not recognize any impairment charges on these investments in 
2021, 2020, or 2019. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

We record property, plant and equipment at cost. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as 
incurred.  In  contrast,  we  capitalize  major  renewals  or  replacements  that  substantially  extend  the  useful  life  of  an 
asset. We determine depreciation for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the following 
estimated useful lives:

Category

Computer equipment and software

Machinery and other equipment

Transportation equipment

Buildings

Furniture and fixtures

Years

3–5

3–5

1.5–10

10–40

5

In  addition,  we  depreciate  assets  under  finance  leases  and  leasehold  improvements  over  the  shorter  of 
their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term. Upon retirement or sale of an asset, we remove the cost 
and accumulated depreciation from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. When applicable, we record corresponding 
gains or losses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Leases

We  adopted ASU  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842),  and  all  related  amendments  on  November  1,  2019,  on  a 
modified  retrospective  basis.  Comparative  prior  period  Financial  Statements  for  fiscal  year  2019  have  not  been 
restated  and  continue  to  be  reported  under  the  accounting  standards  in  effect  for  fiscal  year  2019.  Topic  842 
requires lessees to recognize substantially all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a 
lease  liability.  Upon  adoption,  we  elected  the  package  of  transition  practical  expedients  that  allowed  us  to  carry 
forward prior conclusions related to: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases; (ii) the lease 
classification  for  any  expired  or  existing  leases;  and  (iii)  initial  direct  costs  for  existing  leases.  Additionally,  we 
elected  the  practical  expedient  of  not  separating  lease  components  from  non-lease  components  for  all  asset 
classes. We also made an accounting policy election to not record ROU assets or lease liabilities for leases with an 
initial  term  of  12  months  or  less  and  will  recognize  payments  for  such  leases  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We did not elect the use of hindsight for 
determining the reasonably certain lease term.

We  enter  into  various  noncancelable  lease  agreements  for  office  space,  parking  facilities,  warehouses, 
vehicles,  and  equipment  used  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at 
inception  and  begin  recording  lease  activity  at  the  commencement  date,  which  is  generally  the  date  in  which  we 
take possession of or control the physical use of the asset. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized based 
on the present value of lease payments over the lease term with lease expense recognized on a straight-line basis. 
We use our incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of future lease payments unless the implicit 
rate in a lease is readily determinable. Our incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest we would have to pay to 
borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term at an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic 
environment.  This  incremental  borrowing  rate  is  applied  to  the  minimum  lease  payments  within  each  lease 
agreement to determine the amounts of our ROU assets and lease liabilities. Our incremental borrowing rate as of 
November 1, 2019, was utilized for the initial measurement of operating lease liabilities upon adoption of Topic 842.

Our  lease  terms  range  from  one  to  30  years.  Some  leases  include  one  or  more  options  to  renew,  with 
renewal terms that can extend the lease term. We typically include options to extend the lease in a lease term when 
it  is  reasonably  certain  that  we  will  exercise  that  option  and  when  doing  so  is  at  our  sole  discretion.  Certain 
equipment  and  vehicle  leases  may  also  include  options  to  purchase  the  leased  property.  The  depreciable  life  of 
assets  and  leasehold  improvements  are  limited  by  the  expected  lease  term,  unless  there  is  a  transfer  of  title  or 
purchase option reasonably certain of exercise. Typically, if we decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end 
of its term, then we would owe the lessor the remaining lease payments under the term of such lease. Our lease 
agreements generally do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. We 
may rent or sublease certain real estate assets that we no longer use to third parties.

57

Lease  agreements  may  contain  rent  escalation  clauses,  rent  holidays,  or  certain  landlord  incentives, 
including  tenant  improvement  allowances.  Prior  to  November  1,  2019,  we  recognized  lease  expense  related  to 
operating  leases  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  terms  of  the  leases  and,  accordingly,  recorded  the  difference 
between cash rent payments and recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability or prepaid rent. Landlord-
funded leasehold improvements were also recorded as deferred rent liabilities and were amortized as a reduction of 
rent  expense  over  the  noncancelable  term  of  the  related  operating  lease.  The  ROU  assets  recognized  upon 
adoption  of  Topic  842  included:  cumulative  prepaid  or  accrued  rent  on  the  adoption  date,  unamortized  lease 
incentives, and unamortized initial direct costs initially recognized prior to adoption of Topic 842. Following adoption 
of  Topic  842,  ROU  assets  include  amounts  for  scheduled  rent  increases  and  are  reduced  by  lease  incentive 
amounts. 

Certain  of  our  lease  agreements  include  variable  rent  payments,  consisting  primarily  of  rental  payments 
adjusted  periodically  for  inflation  and  amounts  paid  to  the  lessor  based  on  cost  or  consumption,  such  as 
maintenance and utilities. These costs are expensed as incurred. Certain of our parking arrangements also contain 
variable rent payments that are a percentage of parking services revenue based on contractual levels. We record 
contingent rent as it becomes probable that specified targets will be met. Variable rent lease components are not 
included in the lease liability. 

Service concession arrangements within the scope of ASU No. 2017-10, Service Concession Arrangements 
(Topic 853): Determining the Customer of the Operation Services, are excluded from the scope of Topic 842. Lease 
costs  associated  with  these  arrangements  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenues.  See  Note  3,  “Revenues,”  for 
further discussion. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  purchase  price  of  acquired  businesses  over  the  fair  value  of  the  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. We have elected to make the first day of our fourth quarter, August 1, the annual 
impairment assessment date for goodwill. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill 
more often if impairment indicators exist. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a “reporting unit” level by performing 
either  a  qualitative  evaluation  or  a  quantitative  test.  The  qualitative  evaluation  is  an  assessment  of  factors  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We 
may  elect  not  to  perform  the  qualitative  assessment  for  some  or  all  reporting  units  and  instead  perform  a 
quantitative  test  under  which  we  estimate  the  fair  value  using  a  weighting  of  fair  values  derived  from  an  income 
approach  and  a  market  approach. The  discounted  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  include  significant  management 
assumptions,  such  as  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  margins,  weighted  average  cost  of  capital,  and  future 
economic and market conditions. 

Other  intangible  assets  primarily  consist  of  acquired  customer  contracts  and  relationships  that  are 
amortized using the sum-of-the-years’-digits method over their useful lives, consistent with the estimated useful life 
considerations  used  in  the  determination  of  their  fair  values. This  accelerated  method  of  amortization  reflects  the 
pattern  in  which  the  economic  benefits  from  the  intangible  assets  of  customer  contracts  and  relationships  are 
expected  to  be  realized.  We  amortize  other  non-customer  acquired  intangibles  using  a  straight-line  method  of 
amortization. We evaluate other intangible assets, as well as our long-lived assets, for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. When this 
occurs,  a  recoverability  test  is  performed  that  compares  the  projected  undiscounted  cash  flows  from  the  use  and 
eventual disposition of an asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the projected undiscounted cash flows are 
less than the carrying amount, then we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the 
fair value, which is based on projected discounted cash flows, to the carrying value.

See  Note  9,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,”  for  further  information  on  goodwill,  other  intangible 

assets, and impairment charges.

Other Noncurrent Assets

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  other  noncurrent  assets  primarily  consisted  of  long-term  insurance 
recoverables,  deferred  charges,  capitalized  commissions,  ESPC  receivables,  insurance  and  other  long-term 
deposits, and prepayments to carriers for future insurance claims.

58

Federal Energy Savings Performance Contract Receivables

As part of our Technical Solutions business, we enter into ESPCs with the federal government pursuant to 
which we agree to develop, design, engineer, and construct a project and to guarantee that the project will satisfy 
agreed-upon  performance  standards.  ESPC  receivables  represent  the  amount  to  be  paid  by  various  federal 
government  agencies  for  work  we  have  satisfactorily  performed  under  specific  ESPCs.  We  assign  certain  of  our 
rights to receive those payments to unaffiliated third parties that provide construction financing, which we record as 
a liability, for such contracts. This construction financing is recorded as cash flows from financing activities, while the 
use of the cash received to pay project costs under these arrangements is classified as operating cash flows. The 
ESPC receivable is recognized as revenue as each project is constructed. Upon completion and acceptance of the 
project  by  the  government  and  upon  satisfaction  of  true  sale  criteria,  the  assigned  ESPC  receivable  from  the 
government and corresponding ESPC liability are eliminated from our consolidated financial statements. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is the price we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
with a market participant at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, 
such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such 
data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that 
occurs at the measurement date. 

Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect 
our market assumptions. Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following 
fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

Level  2  –  Quoted  prices  for  similar  instruments  in  active  markets;  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar 
instruments  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  and  model-derived  valuations  whose  inputs  are  observable  or 
whose significant value drivers are observable; and

Level 3 – Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.

We  evaluate  assets  and  liabilities  subject  to  fair  value  measurements  on  a  recurring  and  non-recurring 
basis  to  determine  the  appropriate  level  at  which  to  classify  them  for  each  reporting  period.  Some  non-financial 
assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis  only  in  certain  circumstances,  including  the  event  of 
impairment. See Note 7, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” for the fair value hierarchy table and for details on 
how we measure fair value for our assets and liabilities.

Insurance Reserves

We  use  a  combination  of  insured  and  self-insurance  programs  to  cover  workers’  compensation,  general 
liability,  automobile  liability,  property  damage,  and  other  insurable  risks.  Insurance  claim  liabilities  represent  our 
estimate of retained risks without regard to insurance coverage. We retain a substantial portion of the risk related to 
certain workers’ compensation and medical claims. Liabilities associated with these losses include estimates of both 
filed claims and IBNR Claims.

With the assistance of third-party actuaries, we review our estimate of ultimate losses for IBNR Claims on a 
quarterly basis and adjust our required self-insurance reserves as appropriate. See Note 10, “Insurance,” for further 
details on the quarterly review procedures. As part of this evaluation, we review the status of existing and new claim 
reserves as established by third-party claims administrators. The third-party claims administrators establish the case 
reserves based upon known factors related to the type and severity of the claims, demographic factors, legislative 
matters,  and  case  law,  as  appropriate.  We  compare  actual  trends  to  expected  trends  and  monitor  claims 
developments.  The  specific  case  reserves  estimated  by  the  third-party  administrators  are  provided  to  an  actuary 
who  assists  us  in  projecting  an  actuarial  estimate  of  the  overall  ultimate  losses  for  our  self-insured  or  high 
deductible programs, which includes the case reserves plus an actuarial estimate of reserves required for additional 
developments, such as IBNR Claims. We utilize the results of actuarial studies to estimate our insurance rates and 
insurance reserves for future periods and to adjust reserves, if appropriate, for prior years. 

In  general,  our  insurance  reserves  are  recorded  on  an  undiscounted  basis.  We  allocate  current-year 
insurance expense to our operating segments based upon their underlying exposures, while actuarial adjustments 
related  to  prior  year  claims  are  recorded  within  Corporate  expenses.  We  classify  claims  as  current  or  long-term 

59

based on the expected settlement date. Estimated insurance recoveries related to recorded liabilities are reflected 
as assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets when we believe the receipt of such amounts is probable.

Other Accrued Liabilities

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  other  accrued  liabilities  primarily  consisted  of  legal  fees  and  settlements, 
other  accrued  expenses  (which  include  the  current  portion  of  deferred  payroll  taxes),  employee  benefits,  contract 
liabilities (which include deferred revenue and progress billings in excess of costs), unclaimed property, dividends 
payable, and insurance claims.

Other Noncurrent Liabilities

At October 31, 2021 and 2020, other noncurrent liabilities primarily consisted of noncurrent deferred payroll 
taxes,  deferred  compensation,  ESPC  liabilities,  retirement  plan  liabilities,  long-term  finance  leases,  and  warranty 
reserves. 

Contracts with Customers

We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties 
are  identified,  payment  terms  are  identified,  the  contract  has  commercial  substance,  and  collectability  of 
consideration is probable. Once a contract is identified, we evaluate whether it is a combined or single contract and 
whether it should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. Generally, most of our contracts are 
cancelable by either party without a substantive penalty, and the majority of our contracts have a notification period 
of 30 to 60 days. If a contract includes a cancellation clause, the remaining contract term is limited to the required 
termination notice period. 

At  contract  inception,  we  assess  the  services  promised  to  our  customers  and  identify  a  performance 
obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a service, or a bundle of services, that is distinct. To identify 
the performance obligation, we consider all of our services promised in the contract, regardless of whether they are 
explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. 

The  majority  of  our  contracts  contain  multiple  promises  that  represent  an  integrated  bundle  of  services 
comprised  of  activities  that  may  vary  over  time;  however,  these  activities  fulfill  a  single  integrated  performance 
obligation since we perform a continuous service that is substantially the same and has the same pattern of transfer 
to the customer. Our performance obligations are primarily satisfied over time as we provide the related services. 
We  allocate  the  contract  transaction  price  to  this  single  performance  obligation  and  recognize  revenue  as  the 
services are performed, as further described in “Contract Types” below. 

Certain arrangements involve variable consideration (primarily per transaction fees, reimbursable expenses, 
and  sales-based  royalties).  We  do  not  estimate  the  variable  consideration  for  these  arrangements;  rather,  we 
recognize these variable fees in the period they are earned. Some of our contracts, often related to Airline Services, 
may also include performance incentives based on variable performance measures that are ascertained exclusively 
by future performance and therefore cannot be estimated at contract inception and are recognized as revenue once 
known and mutually agreed upon. We include estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable 
that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the 
variable consideration is resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include 
estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and 
all information (historical, current, and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. 

We  primarily  account  for  our  performance  obligations  under  the  series  guidance,  using  the  as-invoiced 
practical expedient when applicable. We apply the as-invoiced practical expedient to record revenue as the services 
are provided, given the nature of the services provided and the frequency of billing under the customer contracts. 
Under this practical expedient, we recognize revenue in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the 
customer of our performance completed to date and for which we have the right to invoice the customer. 

We  typically  bill  customers  on  a  monthly  basis  and  have  the  right  to  consideration  from  customers  in  an 
amount that corresponds directly with the performance obligation satisfied to date. The time between completion of 
the performance obligation and collection of cash is generally 30 to 60 days. Sales-based taxes are excluded from 
revenue. 

Contracts  generally  can  be  modified  to  account  for  changes  in  specifications  and  requirements.  We 
consider  contract  modifications  to  exist  when  the  modification  either  changes  the  consideration,  creates  new 

60

performance  obligations,  or  changes  the  existing  scope  of  the  contract  and  related  performance  obligations. 
Historically, contract modifications have been for services that are not distinct from the existing contract, since we 
are providing a bundle of services that are highly interrelated, and are therefore treated as if they were part of that 
existing contract. Such modifications are generally accounted for prospectively as part of the existing contract.

Contract Types

We have arrangements under various contract types, as described below.

Monthly Fixed-Price 

Monthly  fixed-price  arrangements  are  contracts  in  which  the  client  agrees  to  pay  a  fixed  fee  every  month 
over  a  specified  contract  term.  We  measure  progress  toward  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation  as  the 
services  are  provided,  and  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  agreed-upon  contractual  amount  over  time,  because  the 
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed. 

Square-Foot

Square-foot arrangements are contracts in which the client agrees to pay a fixed fee every month based on 
the actual square footage serviced over a specified contract term. We measure progress toward satisfaction of the 
performance  obligation  as  the  services  are  provided,  and  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  agreed-upon  contractual 
amount  over  time,  because  the  customer  simultaneously  receives  and  consumes  the  benefits  of  the  services  as 
they are performed. 

Cost-Plus

Cost-plus  arrangements  are  contracts  in  which  the  clients  reimburse  us  for  the  agreed-upon  amount  of 
wages  and  benefits,  payroll  taxes,  insurance  charges,  and  other  expenses  associated  with  the  contracted  work, 
plus  a  profit  margin.  We  measure  progress  toward  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation  as  the  services  are 
provided,  and  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  agreed-upon  contractual  amount  over  time,  because  the  customer 
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed. 

Work Orders 

Work orders generally consist of supplemental services requested by clients outside of the standard service 
specification and include cleanup after tenant moves, construction cleanup, flood cleanup, and snow removal. The 
nature  of  these  short-term  contracts  involves  performing  one-off  type  services,  and  revenue  is  recognized  at  the 
agreed-upon  contractual  amount  over  time  as  the  services  are  provided,  because  the  customer  simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed. 

Transaction-Price 

Transaction-price  contracts  are  arrangements  in  which  customers  are  billed  a  fixed  price  for  each 
transaction  performed  on  a  monthly  basis  (e.g.,  wheelchair  passengers  served,  airplane  cabins  cleaned).  We 
measure  progress  toward  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation  as  the  services  are  provided,  and  revenue  is 
recognized at the agreed-upon contractual amount over time, because the customer simultaneously receives and 
consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed. 

Hourly 

Hourly  arrangements  are  contracts  in  which  the  client  is  billed  a  fixed  hourly  rate  for  each  labor  hour 
provided. We measure progress toward satisfaction of the performance obligation as the services are provided, and 
revenue  is  recognized  at  the  agreed-upon  contractual  amount  over  time,  because  the  customer  simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed. 

Management Reimbursement 

Under management reimbursement arrangements, we manage a parking facility for a management fee and 
pass  through  the  revenue  and  expenses  associated  with  the  facility  to  the  owner.  We  measure  progress  toward 
satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation  over  time  as  the  services  are  provided.  Under  these  contracts  we 
recognize both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, that are directly reimbursed from the property owner for 
operating expenses, as such expenses are incurred. Such revenues do not include gross customer collections at 
the managed locations, because they belong to the property owners. We have determined we are the principal in 

61

these transactions, because the nature of our performance obligation is for us to provide the services on behalf of 
the customer and we have control of the promised services before they are transferred to the customer. 

Leased Location 

Under leased location parking arrangements, we pay a fixed amount of rent, plus a percentage of revenues 
derived  from  monthly  and  transient  parkers,  to  the  property  owner.  We  retain  all  revenues  received  and  we  are 
responsible  for  most  operating  expenses  incurred.  We  measure  progress  toward  satisfaction  of  the  performance 
obligation as the services are provided, and revenue is recognized over time, because the customer simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are performed.

Rental expense and certain other expenses under contracts that meet the definition of service concession 

arrangements are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

Allowance

Under  allowance  parking  arrangements,  we  are  paid  a  fixed  amount  or  hourly  rate  to  provide  parking 
services,  and  we  are  responsible  for  certain  operating  expenses  that  are  specified  in  the  contract.  We  measure 
progress toward satisfaction of the performance obligation as the services are provided, and revenue is recognized 
at  the  agreed-upon  contractual  rate  over  time,  because  the  customer  simultaneously  receives  and  consumes  the 
benefits of the services as they are performed.

Energy Savings Contracts and Fixed-Price Repair and Refurbishment

Under  energy  savings  contracts  and  fixed-price  repair  and  refurbishment  arrangements,  we  agree  to 
develop, design, engineer, and construct a project. Additionally, as part of bundled energy solutions arrangements, 
we guarantee the project will satisfy agreed-upon performance standards.

We use the cost-to-cost method, which compares the actual costs incurred to date with the current estimate 
of total costs to complete, to measure the satisfaction of the performance obligation and recognize revenue as work 
progresses and we incur costs on our contracts; we believe this method best reflects the transfer of control to the 
customer. This measurement and comparison process requires updates to the estimate of total costs to complete 
the  contract,  and  these  updates  may  include  subjective  assessments  and  judgments.  Equipment  purchased  for 
these projects is project-specific and considered a value-added element to our work. Equipment costs are incurred 
when  title  is  transferred  to  us,  typically  upon  delivery  to  the  work  site.  Revenue  for  uninstalled  equipment  is 
recognized at cost and the associated margin is deferred until installation is substantially complete. 

We recognize revenue over time for all of our services as we perform them, because (i) control continuously 
transfers to the customer as work progresses or (ii) we have the right to bill the customer as costs are incurred. The 
customer  typically  controls  the  work  in  process,  as  evidenced  either  by  contractual  termination  clauses  or  by  our 
rights  to  payment  for  work  performed  to  date  plus  a  reasonable  profit  to  deliver  products  or  services  that  do  not 
have an alternative use to us.

Certain project contracts include a schedule of billings or invoices to the customer based on our job-to-date 
percentage  of  completion  of  specific  tasks  inherent  in  the  fulfillment  of  our  performance  obligation(s)  or  in 
accordance with a fixed billing schedule. Fixed billing schedules may not precisely match the actual costs incurred. 
Therefore, revenue recognized may differ from amounts that can be billed or invoiced to the customer at any point 
during the contract, resulting in balances that are considered revenue recognized in excess of cumulative billings or 
cumulative  billings  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized.  Advanced  payments  from  our  customers  generally  do  not 
represent a significant financing component as the payments are used to meet working capital demands that can be 
higher  in  the  early  stages  of  a  contract,  as  well  as  to  protect  us  from  our  customer  failing  to  meet  its  obligations 
under the contract. 

Certain  projects  include  service  maintenance  agreements  under  which  existing  systems  are  repaired  and 
maintained for a specific period of time. We generally recognize revenue under these arrangements over time. Our 
service maintenance agreements are generally one-year renewable agreements.

Franchise

We  franchise  certain  engineering  services  through  individual  and  area  franchises  under  the  Linc  Service 
and  TEGG  brands,  which  are  part  of  ABM  Technical  Solutions.  Initial  franchise  fees  result  from  the  sale  of  a 
franchise license and include the use of the name, trademarks, and proprietary methods. The franchise license is 

62

considered symbolic intellectual property, and revenue related to the sale of this right is recognized at the agreed-
upon contractual amount over the term of the initial franchise agreement. 

Royalty fee revenue consists of sales-based royalties received as part of the consideration for the franchise 
right,  which  is  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  franchisees’  revenue.  We  recognize  royalty  fee  revenue  at  the 
agreed-upon contractual rates over time as the customer revenue is generated by the franchisees. A receivable is 
recognized for an estimate of the unreported royalty fees, which are reported and remitted to us in arrears.

Costs to Obtain a Contract With a Customer

We  capitalize  the  incremental  costs  of  obtaining  a  contract  with  a  customer,  primarily  commissions,  as 
contract  assets  and  recognize  the  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a  weighted  average  expected  customer 
relationship period. Capitalized commissions are classified as current or noncurrent based on the timing of when we 
expect to recognize the expense. 

Contract Balances 

The  timing  of  revenue  recognition,  billings,  and  cash  collections  results  in  contract  assets  and  contract 
liabilities,  as  further  explained  below.  The  timing  of  revenue  recognition  may  differ  from  the  timing  of  invoicing  to 
customers. If a contract includes a cancellation clause that allows for the termination of the contract by either party 
without a substantive penalty, then the contract term is limited to the termination notice period.

Contract assets primarily consist of billed trade receivables, unbilled trade receivables, and costs incurred in 
excess of amounts billed. Billed and unbilled trade receivables represent amounts from work completed in which we 
have an unconditional right to bill our customer. Costs incurred in excess of amounts billed typically arise when the 
revenue recognized on projects exceeds the amount billed to the customer. These amounts are transferred to billed 
trade  receivables  when  the  rights  become  unconditional.  Contract  assets  also  include  the  capitalization  of 
incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer, primarily commissions. 

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  deferred  revenue  and  advance  payments  and  billings  in  excess  of  revenue 
recognized. We generally classify contract liabilities as current since the related contracts are generally for a period 
of  one  year  or  less.  Contract  liabilities  decrease  as  we  recognize  revenue  from  the  satisfaction  of  the  related 
performance obligation.

Management Reimbursement Revenue by Segment

(in millions)

Business & Industry

Aviation

Total

Restructuring and Related Expenses

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

185.8  $ 

221.4  $ 

54.5 

74.3 

240.3  $ 

295.6  $ 

283.1 

95.5 

378.7 

We may periodically engage in various restructuring activities intended to drive long-term profitable growth 
and  increase  operational  efficiency,  which  can  include  streamlining  and  realigning  our  overall  organizational 
structure  and  reallocating  resources.  Our  most  recent  restructuring  program  was  primarily  associated  with 
integrating our acquisition of GCA and reorganizing our healthcare business. During 2020 and 2019, restructuring 
expenses were $7.6 million and $11.2 million, respectively. By the end of 2020, we had substantially completed the 
restructuring program. 

Restructuring  and  related  expenses  include  employee  severance,  external  support  fees,  lease  exit  costs, 

and other costs. Our methodology to record these costs is described below.

Severance 

As we do not have a history of consistently providing severance benefits, we recognize severance costs for 
employees who do not have formal employment agreements when management has committed to a restructuring 
plan and communicated those actions to impacted employees, such that the employee is able to determine the type 
and amount of benefits that they will receive upon termination. In addition, if the employees are required to render 
service beyond the minimum retention period until they are terminated in order to receive the benefits, then a liability 

63

 
 
 
is  recognized  ratably  over  the  future  service  period.  For  employees  with  employment  agreements,  we  accrue  for 
these  severance  liabilities  when  it  is  probable  that  the  impacted  employee  will  be  entitled  to  the  benefits  and  the 
amount can be reasonably estimated. 

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. During 2021, 2020, and 2019, advertising expense was $6.2 

million, $1.8 million, and $1.7 million, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

Our  current  share-based  awards  principally  consist  of  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  and  various 
performance share awards. We recognize compensation costs associated with these awards in selling, general and 
administrative  expenses.  For  RSUs  and  certain  performance  share  awards,  the  amount  of  compensation  cost  is 
measured  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  issued.  Since  our  total  shareholder  return 
(“TSR”)  performance  share  awards  are  performance  awards  with  a  market  condition,  the  compensation  costs 
associated with these awards are determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model. For RSUs and TSR 
awards,  compensation  cost  is  recognized  over  the  period  that  an  employee  provides  service  in  exchange  for  the 
award. We recognize compensation cost associated with other performance share awards over the requisite service 
period based on the probability of achievement of performance criteria. 

Taxes Collected from Clients and Remitted to Governmental Agencies

We record taxes on client transactions due to governmental agencies as receivables and liabilities on the 

Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Net Income Per Common Share

Basic  net  income  per  common  share  is  net  income  divided  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common 
shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted  net  income  per  common  share  is  based  on  the  weighted-average 
number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period,  adjusted  to  include  the  potential  dilution  from  the 
conversion of RSUs, vesting of performance shares, and exercise of stock options. 

Contingencies and Litigation

We are a party to a number of lawsuits, claims, and proceedings incident to the operation of our business, 
including  those  pertaining  to  labor  and  employment,  contracts,  personal  injury,  and  other  matters,  some  of  which 
allege substantial monetary damages. Some of these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class 
or  purported  class  of  employees.  We  accrue  for  loss  contingencies  when  losses  become  probable  and  are 
reasonably estimable. If the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better 
estimate, then the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. We recognize legal costs as an expense 
in the period incurred. 

Income Taxes

We  account  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  statement 
carrying  amount  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  We  measure  deferred  tax  assets 
and  liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  be  applied  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those 
temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  reviewed  for  recoverability  on  a 
quarterly  basis.  A  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  a  deferred  tax  asset  to  its 
realizable value unless it is more likely than not that such asset will be realized. We recognize accrued interest and 
penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments—
Credit Losses (Topic 326) in June 2016 and subsequently issued these amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 
2018-19,  ASU  2019-04,  ASU  2019-05,  ASU  2019-11,  and  ASU  2020-03  (collectively,  “Topic  326”).  Topic  326 
replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with a methodology that incorporates all expected credit loss 
estimates, resulting in more timely recognition of losses. Under Topic 326, an organization is required to measure all 

64

expected  credit  losses  for  financial  assets  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience,  current 
conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported financial assets. It 
also requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit 
losses.  We  adopted  this  standard  effective  November  1,  2020,  on  a  modified  retrospective  basis.  The  asset  and 
liability classes that we have identified to be in the scope of Topic 326 at the time of the adoption are trade accounts 
receivable, costs incurred in excess of amounts billed, guarantees, reinsurance recoverables, and notes receivable. 
The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other—Internal-Use 
Software  (Subtopic  350-40):  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing 
Arrangement  That  Is  a  Service  Contract.  This  accounting  update  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing 
implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for 
capitalizing implementation  costs incurred to develop  or obtain internal-use software. The guidance also specifies 
that the presentation of capitalized implementation costs and the related amortization on the balance sheet, income 
statement,  and  statement  of  cash  flows  should  align  with  the  presentation  of  the  hosting  (service)  element  of  the 
arrangement. We adopted this standard effective November 1, 2020, on a prospective basis. The adoption of the 
standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

No  other  recently  adopted  accounting  standards  have  had  a  significant  impact  on  our  fiscal  2021 

consolidated financial statements

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

We  do  not  expect  any  recently  issued  accounting  pronouncements  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 

consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

65

3. REVENUES 

Disaggregation of Revenues

We  generate  revenues  under  several  types  of  contracts,  which  are  further  described  in  Note  2,  “Basis  of 
Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies.” Generally, the type of contract is determined by the nature of the 
services  provided  by  each  of  our  major  service  lines  throughout  our  reportable  segments;  therefore,  we 
disaggregate  revenues  from  contracts  with  customers  into  major  service  lines.  We  have  determined  that 
disaggregating  revenues  into  these  categories  best  depicts  how  the  nature,  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of 
revenues  and  cash  flows  are  affected  by  economic  factors.  Our  reportable  segments  are  B&I,  T&M,  Education, 
Aviation, and Technical Solutions, as described in Note 17, “Segment and Geographic Information.”

(in millions)
Major Service Line

Janitorial(1)
Parking(2)
Facility Services(3)
Building & Energy Solutions(4)
Airline Services(5)

Elimination of inter-segment revenues
Total

(in millions)
Major Service Line

Janitorial(1)
Parking(2)
Facility Services(3)
Building & Energy Solutions(4)
Airline Services(5)

Elimination of inter-segment revenues
Total

Year Ended October 31, 2021

B&I

T&M

Education

Aviation

Technical 
Solutions

Total

$  2,651.7  $ 
296.9 
397.4 
— 
0.5 

$  3,346.5  $ 

790.5  $ 

39.8 
156.8 
— 
— 
987.1  $ 

730.8  $ 
0.9 
104.7 
— 
— 
836.4  $ 

117.2  $ 
261.8 
28.9 
— 
260.9 
668.8  $ 

—  $  4,290.3 
599.4 
— 
687.8 
— 
534.0 
534.0 
261.4 
— 
534.0  $  6,372.9 
(144.2) 
$  6,228.6 

Year Ended October 31, 2020

B&I

T&M

Education

Aviation

Technical 
Solutions

Total

$  2,420.4  $ 
362.8 
374.1 
— 
0.4 

$  3,157.8  $ 

770.9  $ 

33.5 
151.6 
— 
— 
956.0  $ 

716.5  $ 
1.8 
90.5 
— 
— 
808.8  $ 

121.2  $ 
255.9 
31.6 
— 
272.2 
680.9  $ 

—  $  4,029.0 
654.0 
— 
647.9 
— 
506.6 
506.6 
272.6 
— 
506.6  $  6,110.0 
(122.4) 
$  5,987.6 

(1) Janitorial arrangements provide a wide range of essential cleaning services for commercial office buildings, airports and other 
transportation  centers,  educational  institutions,  government  buildings,  health  facilities,  industrial  buildings,  retail  stores,  and 
stadiums and arenas. These arrangements are often structured as monthly fixed-price, square-foot, cost-plus, and work order 
contracts. 

(2) Parking arrangements provide parking and transportation services for clients at various locations, including airports and other 
transportation centers, commercial office buildings, educational institutions, health facilities, hotels, and stadiums and arenas. 
These  arrangements  are  structured  as  management  reimbursement,  leased  location,  and  allowance  contracts.  Certain  of 
these arrangements are considered service concession agreements and are accounted for under the guidance of Topic 853; 
accordingly, rent expense related to these arrangements is recorded as a reduction of the related parking service revenues. 

(3) Facility Services arrangements provide onsite mechanical engineering and technical services and solutions relating to a broad 
range  of  facilities  and  infrastructure  systems  that  are  designed  to  extend  the  useful  life  of  facility  fixed  assets,  improve 
equipment  operating  efficiencies,  reduce  energy  consumption,  lower  overall  operational  costs  for  clients,  and  enhance  the 
sustainability of client locations. These arrangements are generally structured as monthly fixed-price, cost-plus, and work order 
contracts.

(4)  Building  &  Energy  Solutions  arrangements  provide  custom  energy  solutions,  electrical,  HVAC,  lighting,  electric  vehicle 
charging station installation, and other general maintenance and repair services for clients in the public and private sectors and 
are  generally  structured  as  Energy  Savings  and  Fixed-Price  Repair  and  Refurbishment  contracts.  We  also  franchise  certain 
operations under franchise agreements relating to our Linc Network and TEGG brands pursuant to franchise contracts.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5) Airline Services arrangements support airlines and airports with services such as passenger assistance, catering logistics, and 
airplane cabin maintenance. These arrangements are often structured as monthly fixed-price, cost-plus, transaction price, and 
hourly contracts.

Remaining Performance Obligations

At  October  31,  2021,  performance  obligations  that  were  unsatisfied  or  partially  unsatisfied  for  which  we 
expect to recognize revenue totaled $307.2 million. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 79% of the 
remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the remainder recognized thereafter, based on our 
estimates of project timing.

These amounts exclude variable consideration primarily related to: (i) contracts where we have determined 
that the contract consists of a series of distinct service periods and revenues are based on future performance that 
cannot  be  estimated  at  contract  inception;  (ii)  parking  contracts  where  we  and  the  customer  share  the  gross 
revenues  or  operating  profit  for  the  location;  and  (iii)  contracts  where  transaction  prices  include  performance 
incentives that are based on future performance and therefore cannot be estimated at contract inception. We apply 
the  practical  expedient  that  permits  exclusion  of  information  about  the  remaining  performance  obligations  with 
original expected durations of one year or less.

Contract Balances 

The following tables present the balances in our contract assets and contract liabilities: 

(in millions)
Contract assets

Billed trade receivables(1)
Unbilled trade receivables(1)
Costs incurred in excess of amounts billed(2)
Capitalized commissions(3)

October 31, 2021

October 31, 2020

$ 

1,057.6  $ 

112.1 
52.5 
27.8 

835.8 

53.9 
52.2 
25.2 

(1)  Included  in  trade  accounts  receivable,  net,  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  fluctuations  correlate  directly  to  the 

execution of new customer contracts and to invoicing and collections from customers in the normal course of business. 

(2)  Fluctuation  is  primarily  due  to  the  timing  of  payments  on  our  contracts  measured  using  the  cost-to-cost  method  of  revenue 

recognition. 

(3)  Included  in  other  current  assets  and  other  noncurrent  assets  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  During  the year  ended 
October 31, 2021, we capitalized $16.3 million of new costs and amortized $13.7 million of previously capitalized costs. There 
was no impairment loss recorded on the costs capitalized.

(in millions)
Contract liabilities(1)

Balance at beginning of year
Additional contract liabilities
Recognition of deferred revenue
Balance at end of year

(1) Included in other accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Year Ended
October 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

36.4 
248.9 
(226.8) 
58.5 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. ACQUISITIONS 

Acquisition of Able

On September 30, 2021, we completed the Able Acquisition for a net cash purchase price of $741.7 million. 
Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, approximately $12.1 million of the cash consideration was placed 
into  escrow  accounts,  of  which  approximately  $8.2  million  was  placed  into  escrow  to  satisfy  any  applicable 
indemnification  claims  for  a  period  of  12  months.  To  fund  the  cash  purchase  price,  we  used  cash  on  hand  and 
borrowed  $325.0  million  on  September  30,  2021,  at  an  average  interest  rate  of  1.58%  from  our  revolving  line  of 
credit. 

Preliminary Acquisition Accounting

The  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were  recognized  at  their  acquisition  date  fair  values.  The 
acquisition accounting is subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement 
period  about  the  facts  and  circumstances  that  existed  as  of  the  acquisition  date. The  final  acquisition  accounting 
may include changes to customer relationships, goodwill, deferred taxes, legal matters, insurance claims reserves, 
and other liabilities. Goodwill arising from the Able Acquisition is not deductible for tax reporting purposes.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  preliminary  acquisition  accounting  based  on  currently  available 

information:

(in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade accounts receivable(1)
Other assets
Customer relationships(2)
Trade names(2)
Goodwill(3)
Trade accounts payable

Accrued compensation

Insurance claims

Other liabilities

Deferred income tax liability, net

Net assets acquired

$ 

$ 

31.5 

159.3 

24.9 

220.0 

10.0 

554.0 

(27.0) 

(38.2) 

(91.6) 

(41.7) 

(59.5) 

741.7 

(1) The gross amount of trade accounts receivable was $160.6 million, of which $1.4 million was deemed uncollectible at October 

31, 2021.

(2)  The  amortization  periods  for  the  acquired  intangible  assets  are  15  years  for  customer  relationships  and  2  years  for  trade 

names.

(3) Goodwill is largely attributable to value we expect to obtain from long-term business growth, the established workforce, and 

buyer-specific synergies. This goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Financial Information

The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, 
includes  $101.1  million  of  revenue  and  $4.4  million  of  net  income  attributable  to  the  operations  of Able  since  the 
acquisition date. The operations of Able are included in our B&I segment. 

The  following  table  presents  our  unaudited  pro  forma  results  for  2021  and  2020  as  though  the  Able 
Acquisition  occurred  on  November  1,  2019.  These  results  include  adjustments  for  the  estimated  amortization  of 
intangible assets, interest expense, and the income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments at the statutory rate of 
28%. These  unaudited  pro  forma  results  do  not  reflect  the  cost  of  integration  activities  or  benefits  from  expected 
revenue enhancements and synergies.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
Pro forma revenue
Pro forma income (loss) from continuing operations(1)

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

7,223.2  $ 
139.1   

7,078.2 
(7.9) 

(1) These results were adjusted to exclude $17.3 million of acquisition-related costs incurred during 2021, which are included in 
selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

5. LEASES

The components of lease assets and liabilities and their classification on our Consolidated Balance Sheets 

were as follows:

(in millions)

Lease assets

Operating leases
Finance leases

Total lease assets

Lease liabilities

Current liabilities

Classification

October 31, 2021

October 31, 2020

Right-of-use assets
Property, plant and equipment, net(1)

$ 

$ 

126.5  $ 
3.7 

130.2  $ 

31.8  $ 

0.4 

116.6 

2.0 

143.1 
6.1 

149.2 

35.0 

2.3 

131.4 

2.8 

171.4 

Operating leases

Current portion of lease liabilities

$ 

Finance leases

Other accrued liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Operating leases

Long-term lease liabilities

Finance leases

Other noncurrent liabilities

Total lease liabilities

$ 

150.8  $ 

(1) Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $16.3 million and $13.6 million as of October 31, 2021 

and October 31, 2020, respectively. 

The  components  of  lease  costs  and  classification  within  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive 

Income (Loss) were as follows:

Year Ended
October 31, 2021

Years Ended
October 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

51.9  $ 

25.3 

2.5 

0.5 

80.2  $ 

67.9 

28.5 

3.5 

0.5 

100.4 

(in millions)

Operating lease costs:

Operating expenses(1)(2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses(3)

Finance lease costs:

Operating expenses(4)
Interest expense(5)

Total lease costs

(1) Related to certain parking arrangements.

(2) Includes short-term lease costs and variable lease costs. 

(3) Includes short-term lease costs.

(4) Represents amortization of leased assets.

(5) Interest on lease liabilities.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information on short-term and variable lease costs:

(in millions)

Short-term lease costs
Variable lease costs

Total short-term and variable lease costs

Year Ended
October 31, 2021

Year Ended
October 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

34.8  $ 

3.7 

38.5  $ 

47.0 

3.5 

50.5 

Sublease  income  generated  during  the  year  ended  October  31,  2021,  was  immaterial.  We  continue  to 

monitor the impact of the Pandemic on our subleases; however, we do not expect a significant impact.

The amounts of future undiscounted cash flows related to the lease payments over the lease terms and the 
reconciliation  to  the  present  value  of  the  lease  liabilities  as  recorded  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of 
October 31, 2021, are as follows:

(in millions)

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024

Fiscal 2025

Fiscal 2026

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Operating 
Lease Liabilities

Finance 
Lease Liabilities

Total

$ 

37.2  $ 
32.1 
27.2 

21.1 

18.7 

31.6 

168.0 

19.6 

1.7  $ 

0.9 
— 

— 

— 

— 

2.6 

0.2 

Present value of lease liabilities

$ 

148.4  $ 

2.4  $ 

38.9 

33.0 
27.2 

21.1 

18.7 

31.6 

170.6 

19.8 

150.8 

Future sublease rental income was excluded for the periods shown above as the amounts are immaterial.

We  have  entered  into  operating  lease  arrangements  as  of  October  31,  2021,  that  are  effective  for  future 

periods. The total amount of ROU assets and lease liabilities related to these arrangements is immaterial.

The  following  table  includes  the  weighted-average  remaining  lease  terms,  in  years,  and  the  weighted-

average discount rate used to calculate the present value of operating lease liabilities:

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases

Finance leases

Year Ended
October 31, 2021

Year Ended
October 31, 2020

5.7
1.5

 4.11 %

 4.78 %

6.1
2.0

 4.14 %

 4.55 %

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table includes supplemental cash and non-cash information related to operating leases:

(in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases

Lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities(1)

Year Ended
October 31, 2021

Year Ended
October 31, 2020

$ 

38.9  $ 

0.5 

2.8 

20.6 

44.8 

0.5 

3.4 

15.7 

(1) Excludes the amount initially capitalized in 2020 in conjunction with the adoption of Topic 842. 

6. NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Common Share Calculations

(in millions, except per share amounts)
Income from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net income

Weighted-average common and common equivalent 
    shares outstanding — Basic
Effect of dilutive securities

RSUs
Stock options
Performance shares

Weighted-average common and common equivalent 
    shares outstanding — Diluted

Net income per common share — Basic
Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income

Net income per common share — Diluted
Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

126.3  $ 

— 
126.3  $ 

0.2  $ 

0.1 
0.3  $ 

127.5 

(0.1) 
127.4 

67.4 

0.3 
— 
0.2 

68.0 

1.87  $ 
— 
1.87  $ 

1.86  $ 
— 
1.86  $ 

66.9 

0.1 
0.1 
0.1 

67.3 

0.00  $ 
— 
0.00  $ 

0.00  $ 
— 
0.00  $ 

66.6 

0.2 
0.1 
0.1 

66.9 

1.92 
— 
1.91 

1.91 
— 
1.90 

Anti-Dilutive Outstanding Stock Awards Issued Under Share-Based Compensation Plans 

(in millions)
Anti-dilutive

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

— 

0.4 

0.3 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy of Our Financial Instruments

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
Insurance deposits(2)
Assets held in funded deferred compensation plan(3)
Credit facility(4)
Interest rate swap liabilities(5)

Fair Value 
Hierarchy

1

1

1

2

2

As of October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

62.8  $ 

394.2 

0.7 

4.9 

888.8 

4.6 

0.7 

2.6 

725.3 

15.5 

(1)  Cash and cash equivalents are stated at nominal value, which equals fair value.

(2)  Represents restricted deposits that are used to collateralize our insurance obligations and are stated at nominal value, which 
equals  fair  value.  These  insurance  deposits  are  included  in  “Other  noncurrent  assets”  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. See Note 10, “Insurance,” for further information.

(3)    Represents  investments  held  in  Rabbi  trusts  associated  with  two  of  our  deferred  compensation  plans,  which  we  include  in 
“Other noncurrent assets” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair value of the assets held in the funded 
deferred  compensation  plan  is  based  on  quoted  market  prices.  See  Note  12,  “Employee  Benefit  Plans,”  for  further 
information.

(4)   Represents gross outstanding borrowings under our syndicated line of credit and term loan. Due to variable interest rates, the 
carrying  value  of  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  line  of  credit  and  term  loan  approximates  the  fair  value.  See  Note 11, 
“Credit Facility,” for further information.

(5)    Represents  interest  rate  swap  derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.  The  fair  values  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  are 
estimated  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  difference  between  expected  cash  flows  calculated  at  the  contracted  interest 
rates  and  the  expected  cash  flows  at  current  market  interest  rates  using  observable  benchmarks  for  the  London  Interbank 
Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  forward  rates  at  the  end  of  the  period. At October  31,  2021  and  2020,  our  interest  rate  swaps  are 
included  in  “Other  accrued  liabilities”  and  “Other  noncurrent  liabilities,”  respectively,  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. See Note 11, “Credit Facility,” for further information. 

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  had  no  financial  assets  or  liabilities  recorded  at  fair  value 
using Level 3 inputs, and there were no transfers to or from Level 3 financial assets or liabilities during 2021 and 
one such transfer during 2020.

Non-Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

In addition to assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we are also required 
to  measure  certain  items  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis.  These  assets  can  include:  goodwill;  intangible 
assets; property, plant and equipment; lease-related ROU assets; and long-lived assets that have been reduced to 
fair value when they are held for sale. If certain triggering events occur or if an annual impairment test is required, 
we  would  evaluate  these  non-financial  assets  for  impairment.  If  an  impairment  were  to  occur,  the  asset  would  be 
recorded at the estimated fair value, using primarily unobservable Level 3 inputs. 

During the third quarter of 2021, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge totaling $9.1 million in our 
Corporate  segment  for  previously  capitalized  internal-use  software  related  to  our  Enterprise  Resource  Planning 
(“ERP”) system implementation. The Company determined that certain components that were previously developed 
would no longer be implemented. The impairment charge reduced the carrying value to zero for those components 
and  is  recorded  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  on  our  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended October 31, 2021. 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  given  the  general  deterioration  in  economic  and  market  conditions 
arising from the Pandemic, we identified a triggering event indicating possible impairment of goodwill and intangible 
assets, and we recorded impairment charges on goodwill and customer relationships. The fair value of these items 
was determined based on unobservable Level 3 inputs. The fair value of goodwill was determined using a weighting 
of  fair  values  derived  from  an  income  approach  and  a  market  approach. The  fair  value  of  customer  relationships 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
was determined based on discounted cash flows associated with the customer relationships that include significant 
management  assumptions,  including  expected  proceeds.  See  Note  9,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible Assets,”  for 
further information.

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, Plant and Equipment

(in millions)
Machinery and other equipment
Computer equipment and software
Transportation equipment
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Buildings
Land

Less: Accumulated depreciation(1)
Total

As of October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

148.9  $ 

97.2 
57.9 
59.6 
14.6 
7.7 
0.7 
386.6 
274.7 
111.9  $ 

(1) For 2021, 2020, and 2019, depreciation expense was $45.0 million, $48.0 million, and $48.9 million, respectively.

Finance Leases Included in Property, Plant and Equipment

(in millions)
Transportation equipment
Furniture and fixtures

Less: Accumulated depreciation
Total

As of October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

19.8  $ 

0.2 
20.0 
16.3 

3.7  $ 

137.0 
101.2 
57.7 
57.1 
13.7 
7.6 
0.7 
375.0 
241.3 
133.7 

19.4 
0.2 
19.7 
13.6 
6.1 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

(in millions)

Business & 
Industry

Technology & 
Manufacturing Education Aviation

Technical 
Solutions

Total

Balance at October 31, 2019

$ 

573.9  $ 

407.2  $ 

558.6  $  125.0  $ 

170.7  $  1,835.4 

Foreign currency translation
Impairment(1)
Balance at October 31, 2020
Acquisition(2)
Foreign currency translation

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.3)   

(0.2) 

(99.3)   

(55.5)   

(9.0)   

(163.8) 

$ 

574.0  $ 

407.2  $ 

459.3  $ 

69.5  $ 

161.5  $  1,671.4 

554.0 

1.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.4 

— 

1.2 

554.0 

3.4 

Balance at October 31, 2021

$ 

1,129.8  $ 

407.2  $ 

459.3  $ 

69.9  $ 

162.7  $  2,228.9 

(1) The impairment charge is included in “Impairment loss” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for 

the year ended October 31, 2020, and is not tax deductible.

(2) During 2021, goodwill increased as a result of the Able Acquisition. See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for additional information. 

During the second quarter of 2020, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge totaling $163.8 million in 
three goodwill reporting units ($99.3 million related to Education, $55.5 million related to Aviation, and $9.0 million 
related  to  our  U.K. Technical  Solutions  business)  as  part  of  an  interim  impairment  test  performed  as  a  result  of  a 
triggering event arising from the Pandemic. The fair values of the goodwill reporting units were determined using a 
combination  of  the  market  approach  and  income  approach.  The  market  approach  estimates  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting  unit  by  using  market  comparables  for  reasonably  similar  public  companies  and  a  control  premium.  The 
income  approach  estimates  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  by  using  discounted  cash  flows  that  include  significant 
management assumptions, such as revenue growth rates, operating margins, weighted average cost of capital, and 
future economic and operating conditions. We did not record goodwill impairment charges during fiscal year 2021. 

Other Intangible Assets

(in millions)
Customer contracts and relationships(1)(2) $ 
Trademarks and trade names(2)
Contract rights and other
Total(3)

$ 

October 31, 2021

October 31, 2020

Accumulated 
Amortization

Total

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Total

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

793.8  $ 

(378.5)  $ 

415.3  $ 

573.1  $ 

(333.6)  $ 

239.6 

19.8 

0.5 

(10.4)   

(0.4)   

9.5 

0.1 

9.8 

0.5 

(9.8)   

(0.4)   

— 

0.1 

814.1  $ 

(389.3)  $ 

424.8  $ 

583.5  $ 

(343.8)  $ 

239.7 

(1)  Reflects  a  net  impairment  charge  of  $9.0  million  recorded  in  2020  as  a  result  of  the  triggering  event  described  above.  We 
recognized  net  impairment  charges  of  $5.6  million  related  to  Aviation  (consisting  of  a  $13.8  million  reduction  in  the  gross 
carrying  amount  of  the  underlying  customer  relationships  less  $8.2  million  of  accumulated  amortization)  and  $3.4  million 
related to  our U.K. Technical Solutions business  (consisting  of an $8.7 million reduction in the gross carrying amount  of the 
underlying  customer  relationships  less $5.3  million  of  accumulated  amortization). These  impairment  charges  are  included  in 
“Impairment loss” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended October 31, 2020. We 
did not record impairment charges on other intangible assets during fiscal year 2021.

(2) Reflects additions from the Able Acquisition in 2021. See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for additional information. 

(3) These intangible assets are being amortized over the expected period of benefit, with a weighted average life of approximately 

12 years. 

Estimated Annual Amortization Expense for Each of the Next Five Years

(in millions)
Estimated amortization expense(1)

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

$ 

69.1  $ 

62.3  $ 

51.7  $ 

45.7  $ 

40.2 

(1) These amounts could vary as acquisitions of additional intangible assets occur in the future and as purchase price allocations 

are finalized for existing acquisitions.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimates of future cash flows used in determining the fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets 
involve  significant  management  judgment  and  are  based  upon  assumptions  about  expected  future  operating 
performance,  economic  conditions,  market  conditions,  and  cost  of  capital.  Inherent  in  estimating  the  future  cash 
flows are uncertainties beyond our control, such as changes in capital markets. The actual cash flows could differ 
materially  from  management’s  estimates  due  to  changes  in  business  conditions,  operating  performance,  and 
economic conditions.

10. INSURANCE

We  use  a  combination  of  insured  and  self-insurance  programs  to  cover  workers’  compensation,  general 
liability,  automobile  liability,  property  damage,  and  other  insurable  risks.  For  the  majority  of  these  insurance 
programs,  we  retain  the  initial  $1.0  million  to  $1.5  million  of  exposure  on  a  per-occurrence  basis,  either  through 
deductibles or self-insured retentions. Beyond the retained exposures, we have varying primary policy limits ranging 
between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per occurrence. To cover general liability and automobile liability losses above 
these  primary  limits,  we  maintain  commercial  umbrella  insurance  policies  that  provide  aggregate  limits  of  $200.0 
million.  Our  insurance  policies  generally  cover  workers’  compensation  losses  to  the  full  extent  of  statutory 
requirements.  Additionally,  to  cover  property  damage  risks  above  our  retained  limits,  we  maintain  policies  that 
provide  per  occurrence  limits  of  $75.0  million.  We  are  also  self-insured  for  certain  employee  medical  and  dental 
plans. We maintain stop-loss insurance for our self-insured medical plan under which we retain up to $0.5 million of 
exposure on a per-participant, per-year basis with respect to claims. 

We  maintain  our  reserves  for  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  and  property 
damage  insurance  claims  based  upon  known  trends  and  events  and  the  actuarial  estimates  of  required  reserves 
considering  the  most  recently  completed  actuarial  reports.  We  use  all  available  information  to  develop  our  best 
estimate  of  insurance  claims  reserves  as  information  is  obtained.  The  results  of  actuarial  reviews  are  used  to 
estimate  our  insurance  rates  and  insurance  reserves  for  future  periods  and  to  adjust  reserves,  if  appropriate,  for 
prior years. 

Insurance Reserve Adjustments

Actuarial Reviews and Updates Performed During 2021

We  review  our  self-insurance  liabilities  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  adjust  our  accruals  accordingly.  Actual 
claims activity or development may vary from our assumptions and estimates, which may result in material losses or 
gains. As we obtain additional information that affects the assumptions and estimates used in our reserve liability 
calculations,  we  adjust  our  self-insurance  rates  and  reserves  for  future  periods  and,  if  appropriate,  adjust  our 
reserves for claims incurred in prior accounting periods.

During the first and third quarters of 2021, we performed comprehensive actuarial reviews of the majority of 
our casualty insurance programs to evaluate changes made to claims reserves and claims payment activity for the 
periods of May 1, 2020, through October 31, 2020, and November 1, 2020, through April 30, 2021, respectively (the 
“Actuarial  Reviews”). The Actuarial  Reviews  were  comprehensive  in  nature  and  were  based  on  loss  development 
patterns, trend assumptions, and underlying expected loss costs during the periods analyzed. 

During the second and fourth quarters of 2021, we performed interim actuarial updates of the majority of our 
casualty  insurance  programs  that  considered  changes  in  claims  development  and  claims  payment  activity  for  the 
respective  periods  analyzed  (the  “Interim  Updates”). These  Interim  Updates  were  abbreviated  in  nature  based  on 
actual versus expected development during the periods analyzed and relied on the key assumptions in the Actuarial 
Reviews (most notably loss development patterns, trend assumptions, and underlying expected loss costs).

Based on the results of the Actuarial Reviews and Interim Updates, we decreased our total reserves related 
to  prior  years  for  known  claims  as  well  as  our  estimate  of  the  loss  amounts  associated  with  IBNR  claims  during 
2021 by $36.0 million. In 2020, we decreased our total reserves related to prior year claims by $30.2 million. 

75

Insurance-Related Balances and Activity 

(in millions)

October 31, 2021 October 31, 2020

Insurance claim reserves, excluding medical and dental

$ 

574.8  $ 

Medical and dental claim reserves

Insurance recoverables

9.9 

66.5 

504.9 

16.6 

70.1 

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  insurance  recoverables  are  included  in  both  “Other  current  assets”  and 

“Other noncurrent assets” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Casualty Program Insurance Reserves Rollforward

(in millions)
Net balance at beginning of year

Change in case reserves plus IBNR Claims — current year
Change in case reserves plus IBNR Claims — prior years
Claims paid
Acquisition(1)
Net balance, October 31(2)
Recoverables
Gross balance, October 31

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

434.8  $ 

443.3  $ 

117.9 
(36.0)   
(99.8)   
91.6 
508.3 
66.5 

128.5 
(30.2)   
(106.8)   
0.2 
434.8 
70.1 

$ 

574.8  $ 

504.9  $ 

427.7 

137.9 
(3.4) 
(119.1) 
— 
443.3 
64.5 
507.8 

(1)  During  2021,  insurance  reserves  increased  as  a  result  of  the  Able  Acquisition.  See  Note  4,  “Acquisitions,”  for  additional 

information.

(2)  Includes  reserves  related  to  discontinued  operations  of  approximately $0.3  million  for  2021,  $0.5  million  for  2020,  and  $1.0 

million for 2019. 

Instruments Used to Collateralize Our Insurance Obligations

(in millions)
Standby letters of credit
Surety bonds
Restricted insurance deposits
Total

11. CREDIT FACILITY

As of October 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

157.9  $ 

83.8 
0.7 
242.3  $ 

143.6 
82.6 
0.7 
226.9 

On  September  1,  2017,  we  refinanced  and  replaced  our  then-existing  $800.0  million  credit  facility  with  a 
new senior, secured five-year syndicated credit facility, consisting of a $900.0 million revolving line of credit and an 
$800.0 million amortizing term loan, both of which are scheduled to mature on September 1, 2022. In accordance 
with the terms of the Credit Facility, the revolving line of credit was reduced to $800.0 million on September 1, 2018. 
In  late  March  2020,  we  borrowed  approximately  $300  million  as  a  precautionary  measure  to  provide  increased 
liquidity and preserve financial flexibility in response to uncertainty resulting from the Pandemic. This represented all 
remaining  amounts  then  available  under  the  revolving  line  of  credit.  During  the  quarter  ended  July  31,  2020,  the 
Company repaid substantially all of these amounts borrowed under the revolving line of credit without penalty. 

On May 28, 2020, we amended our Credit Facility with the First Amendment to further enhance our financial 
flexibility as a precautionary measure in response to uncertainty arising from the Pandemic. The First Amendment 
modified the financial covenants under the Credit Facility, including: (i) replacing a maximum total leverage ratio with 
a  maximum  total  net  leverage  ratio  that  varies  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  adjusted  to  6.50  to  1.00  by  the  quarter 
ending  October  31,  2020,  and  back  to  4.00  to  1.00  by  the  quarter  ending  October  31,  2022;  (ii)  modifying  the 
minimum fixed charge coverage ratio on a quarterly basis, which adjusts to 1.25 to 1.00 as of the quarter ending 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
April  30,  2022;  and  (iii)  adding  a  minimum  liquidity  (defined  in  the  Amendment  as  domestic  cash  plus  available 
revolving loans) of $250.0 million. These financial covenants were effective with the quarter ended April 30, 2020. 

The First Amendment changed the interest rate, interest margins, and commitment fees applicable to loans 
and  commitments  under  the  Credit  Facility.  It  also  added  a  new  anti-cash  hoarding  mandatory  prepayment  that 
required us to repay outstanding revolving loans or swingline loans if at any time we have in excess of $250 million 
of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet. The First Amendment made certain additional changes to the 
negative covenants restrictions under the Credit Facility, including, subject to certain exceptions, restrictions on our 
ability to make acquisitions, share repurchases, and other defined restricted payments, depending on our total net 
leverage ratio.

Prior to the First Amendment, borrowings under the Credit Facility bore interest at a rate equal to one-month 
LIBOR  plus  a  spread  that  was  based  upon  our  leverage  ratio.  The  spread  ranged  from  1.00%  to  2.25%  for 
Eurocurrency loans and 0.00% to 1.25% for base rate loans. We were also charged a commitment fee, which was 
paid quarterly in arrears and was based on our leverage ratio, that ranged from 0.200% to 0.350% on the average 
daily  unused  portion  of  the  revolving  line  of  credit.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  irrevocable  standby  letters  of 
credit, which are issued primarily in conjunction with our insurance programs, and cash borrowings were included 
as outstanding under the line of credit.

Subsequent  to  the  First Amendment,  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  bore  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to 
one-month  LIBOR  plus  a  spread  that  is  based  upon  our  total  leverage  ratio.  The  spread  ranged  from  1.00%  to 
2.75% for revolving Eurocurrency loans and 0.00% to 1.75% for revolving base rate loans. We were also charged a 
commitment fee, which was paid quarterly in arrears and was based on our total leverage ratio, that ranges from 
0.200% to 0.450% on the average daily unused portion of the revolving line of credit.

On  June  28,  2021,  the  Company  amended  and  restated  the  Credit  Facility  with  the  Second Amendment, 
extending  the  maturity  date  to  June  28,  2026,  and  increasing  the  capacity  of  the  revolving  credit  facility  from 
$800.0  million  to  $1.3  billion  and  the-then  remaining  term  loan  outstanding  from  $620.0  million  to  $650.0  million. 
The Second Amendment also removed the anti-cash hoarding mandatory prepayment requirement under the First 
Amendment as well as other restrictions that limited our ability to make acquisitions, share repurchases, and other 
defined  restricted  payments.  Additionally,  the  Second  Amendment  modified  certain  financial  covenants,  terms, 
interest rates, interest margins, and commitment fees applicable to loans and commitments under the prior Credit 
Facility. The Amended Credit Facility provides for the issuance of up to $350.0 million for standby letters of credit 
and the issuance of up to $75.0 million in swingline advances. The obligations under the Amended Credit Facility 
are  secured  on  a  first-priority  basis  by  a  lien  on  substantially  all  of  our  assets  and  properties,  subject  to  certain 
exceptions. Additionally,  we  may  repay  amounts  borrowed  under  the Amended  Credit  Facility  at  any  time  without 
penalty. 

Under  the  Amended  Credit  Facility,  the  term  loan  and  U.S.-dollar-denominated  borrowings  under  the 
revolver bear interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread based upon our leverage ratio. Euro- and 
sterling-denominated borrowings under the revolver bear at a rate equal to the EURIBOR and the SONIA reference 
rates, respectively, plus a spread that is based upon our leverage ratio. The spread ranges from 1.375% to 2.250% 
for  Eurocurrency  loans  and  0.375%  to  1.250%  for  base  rate  loans.  At  October  31,  2021,  the  weighted  average 
interest rate on our outstanding borrowings was 1.59%. We also pay a commitment fee, based on our leverage ratio 
and payable quarterly in arrears, ranging from 0.20% to 0.40% on the average daily unused portion of the line of 
credit.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  irrevocable  standby  letters  of  credit,  which  are  issued  primarily  in 
conjunction with our insurance programs, and cash borrowings are included as outstanding under the line of credit.

The Amended  Credit  Facility  contains  certain  covenants,  including  a  maximum  total  net  leverage  ratio  of 
5.00 to 1.00, a maximum secured net leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00, and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.50 
to 1.00, as well as other financial and non-financial covenants. In the event of a material acquisition, as defined in 
the Amended Credit Facility, we may elect to increase the maximum total net leverage ratio to 5.50 to 1.00 for a total 
of four fiscal quarters and increase the maximum secured net leverage ratio to 4.50 to 1.00 for a total of four fiscal 
quarters. We did not make this election for the Able Acquisition. Our borrowing capacity is subject to, and limited by, 
compliance with the covenants described above. At October 31, 2021, we were in compliance with these covenants. 

The Amended  Credit  Facility  also  includes  customary  events  of  default,  including:  failure  to  pay  principal, 
interest,  or  fees  when  due,  failure  to  comply  with  covenants;  the  occurrence  of  certain  material  judgments;  and  a 
change  in  control  of  the  Company.  If  certain  events  of  default  occur,  including  certain  cross-defaults,  insolvency, 
change in control, or violation of specific covenants, then the lenders can terminate or suspend our access to the 

77

Amended  Credit  Facility,  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  (including  all  accrued  interest  and  unpaid  fees)  to  be 
immediately due and payable, and require that we cash collateralize the outstanding standby letters of credit.

We incurred deferred financing costs of $6.4 million in conjunction with the Second Amendment and carried 
over  $6.2  million  of  unamortized  deferred  financing  from  the  initial  execution,  First  Amendment,  and  previous 
amendments of the Credit Facility. Total deferred financing costs of $12.6 million, consisting of $4.9 million related to 
the term loan and $7.7 million related to the revolver, are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 
Amended Credit Facility.

Credit Facility Information

(in millions)

Current portion of long-term debt

Gross term loan

Unamortized deferred financing costs

Current portion of term loan

Long-term debt

Gross term loan

Unamortized deferred financing costs

Total noncurrent portion of term loan

Revolving line of credit(1)(2)
Long-term debt

October 31, 2021 October 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

32.5  $ 

(1.1)   

31.4  $ 

601.3  $ 

(3.5)   

597.8 

255.0 

852.8  $ 

120.0 

(3.3) 

116.7 

560.0 

(2.3) 

557.7 

45.3 

603.0 

(1) Standby letters of credit amounted to $167.7 million at October 31, 2021. 

(2) At October 31, 2021, we had borrowing capacity of $875.0 million.

Term Loan Maturities

During 2021, we made principal payments under the term loan of $76.3 million. As of October 31, 2021, the 

following principal payments are required under the term loan.

(in millions)

Debt maturities

Interest Rate Swaps

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

$ 

32.5  $ 

32.5  $ 

32.5  $ 

32.5  $ 

503.8 

We enter into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk associated with our floating-rate, LIBOR-
based borrowings. Under these arrangements, we typically pay a fixed interest rate in exchange for LIBOR-based 
variable  interest  throughout  the  life  of  the  agreement.  We  initially  report  the  mark-to-market  gain  or  loss  on  a 
derivative  as  a  component  of AOCL  and  subsequently  reclassify  the  gain  or  loss  into  earnings  when  the  hedged 
transactions occur and affect earnings. Interest payables and receivables under the swap agreements are accrued 
and  recorded  as  adjustments  to  interest  expense.  All  of  our  interest  rate  swaps  have  been  designated  and 
accounted for as cash flow hedges from inception. See Note 7, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” regarding the 
valuation of our interest rate swaps. 

Notional Amount

Fixed Interest Rate

Effective Date

$ 130.0 million

$ 130.0 million

2.86%

2.84%

November 1, 2018

November 1, 2018

Maturity Date

April 30, 2022

September 1, 2022

At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  amounts  recorded  in  AOCL  for  interest  rate  swaps  were  a  loss  of  $0.2 
million,  net  of  taxes  of  $0.3  million,  and  a  loss  of  $3.3  million,  net  of  taxes  of  $0.9  million,  respectively.  These 
amounts included the gain associated with the interest rate swaps we terminated in 2018, which is being amortized 
to  interest  expense  as  interest  payments  are  made  over  the  original  term  of  our  Credit  Facility.  During  2021,  we 
amortized $4.7 million, net of taxes of $1.7 million, of that gain and we amortized $4.9 million, net of taxes of $1.8 
million,  during  2020.  At  October  31,  2021,  the  total  amount  expected  to  be  reclassified  from  AOCL  to  earnings 
during the next 12 months was $0.1 million, net of a taxes of $0.1 million.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

We  provide  benefits  to  certain  employees  under  various  defined  benefit  and  postretirement  benefit  plans 
(collectively, the “Plans”). The Plans were previously amended to preclude new participants. All but one of the Plans 
are unfunded. 

Information for the Plans

As of October 31,

(in millions)
Net obligations
Projected benefit obligations(1)
Fair value of assets
(1) At October 31, 2021, total projected benefit obligations related to unfunded plans was $8.2 million. At October 31, 2020, all 
plans were either unfunded or underfunded.

15.9 
8.4 

7.5  $ 

$ 

9.6 
17.0 
7.4 

2021

2020

At  October  31,  2021,  assets  of  the  Plans  were  invested  30%  in  equities  and  70%  in  fixed  income.  The 
expected return on assets was $0.3 million in 2021 and $0.4 million in 2020 and 2019. The aggregate net periodic 
benefit  cost  for  all  Plans  was  $0.3  million,  $0.2  million,  and  $0.6  million  for  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively. 
Future benefit payments in the aggregate are expected to be $13.5 million. 

Deferred Compensation Plans

We maintain deferred compensation plans that permit eligible employees and directors to defer a portion of 
their compensation. At October 31, 2021 and 2020, the total liability of all deferred compensation was $32.1 million 
(including $18.0 million assumed from the Able Acquisition) and $13.6 million, respectively, and these amounts are 
included in “Other accrued liabilities” and “Other noncurrent liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. Under one of our deferred compensation plans, a Rabbi trust was created to fund the obligations, and we 
are required to contribute a portion of the deferred compensation contributions for eligible participants. The assets 
held  in  the  Rabbi  trust  are  not  available  for  general  corporate  purposes. At  October  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  fair 
value  of  these  assets  was  $4.9  million  and  $2.6  million,  respectively,  and  these  amounts  are  included  in  “Other 
noncurrent  assets”  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Aggregate  expense  recognized  under 
these  deferred  compensation  plans  was  $0.2  million,  $0.2  million,  and  $0.3  million  for  2021,  2020,  and  2019, 
respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans

We  sponsor  four  defined  contribution  plans  covering  certain  employees  that  are  subject  to  the  applicable 
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). Certain 
plans permit a company match of a portion of the participant’s contributions or a discretionary contribution after the 
participant  has  met  the  eligibility  requirements  set  forth  in  the  plan.  During  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  we  made 
matching contributions required by the plans of $21.6 million, $18.2 million, and $24.3 million, respectively. 

79

 
 
 
 
Multiemployer Pension and Postretirement Plans

We  participate  in  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  under  union  and  industry-wide  agreements  that 
provide defined pension benefits to employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Because of the nature 
of multiemployer plans, there are risks associated with participation in these plans that differ from single-employer 
plans. Assets contributed by an employer to a multiemployer plan are not segregated into a separate account and 
are  not  restricted  to  provide  benefits  only  to  employees  of  that  contributing  employer.  In  the  event  another 
participating employer in a multiemployer plan no longer contributes to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan 
may  be  borne  by  the  remaining  participating  employers,  including  us.  In  the  event  of  the  termination  of  a 
multiemployer  pension  plan  or  a  withdrawal  from  a  multiemployer  pension  plan,  we  could  incur  material  liabilities 
under applicable law.

Expiration 
Dates of 
Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreements

10/15/2023 – 
12/31/2023

7/31/2022 –
10/31/2023

8/31/2023 –
10/31/2024

12/31/2022

Key Information for Individually Significant Multiemployer Defined Benefit Pension Plans(1) 

($ in millions)

Pension Protection Act 
Zone Status(3)

Pension Fund

EIN/PN(2) 

2021

2020

FIP/RP 
Status(4)
Pending/
Implemented

Contributions by ABM

2021

2020

2019

Surcharge 
Imposed(5)

Building Service 32BJ Pension 
Fund

13-1879376 / 
001

Red
6/30/2020

Red 
6/30/2019

Implemented

$  18.8  $  16.8  $  19.3 

No

S.E.I.U. National Industry 
Pension Fund

52-6148540 / 
001

Red
12/31/2020

Red 
12/31/2019

Implemented

10.9 

11.1 

10.6 

Yes

IUOE Stationary Engineers 
Local 39 Pension Plan

94-6118939 / 
001

Green
12/31/2020

Green 
12/31/2019

Central Pension Fund of the 
IUOE & Participating 
Employers

36-6052390 / 
001

Green
1/31/2021

Green 
1/31/2020

SEIU Local 1 & Participating 
Employers Pension Trust

36-6486542 / 
001

Green
9/30/2020

Green 
9/30/2019

Western Conference of 
Teamsters Pension Plan

91-6145047 / 
001 

Green
12/31/2020

Green 
12/31/2019

N/A*

N/A*

N/A*

N/A*

All Other Plans:

Total Contributions(6)

*Not applicable

6.6 

4.3 

4.6 

N/A*

5.3 

7.1 

11.7 

N/A*

3.9 

4.3 

5.1 

N/A*

4/7/2024

2.0 

2.5 

3.1 

N/A*

12/31/2021 –
11/30/2022

9.3 

9.5 

12.2 

$  56.8  $  55.5  $  66.6 

(1)  To  determine  individually  significant  plans,  we  evaluated  several  factors,  including  our  total  contributions  to  the  plan,  our 

significance to the plan in terms of participating employees and contributions, and the funded status of the plan.

(2) The “EIN/PN” column provides the Employer Identification Number and the three-digit plan number assigned to the plan by the 

IRS.

(3) The Pension Protection Act Zone Status columns provide the two most recently available Pension Protection Act zone statuses 
from each plan. The zone status is based on information provided to us and other participating employers and is certified by 
each plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65% funded, plans in the yellow zone 
are less than 80% funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80% funded.

(4) Indicates whether a Financial Improvement Plan (“FIP”) for yellow zone plans or a Rehabilitation Plan (“RP”) for red zone plans 

is pending or implemented.

(5)  Indicates  whether  our  contribution  in  2021  included  an  amount  as  imposed  by  a  plan  in  the  red  zone  in  addition  to  the 

contribution rate specified in the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 

(6) The total contributions for fiscal year 2021 includes $4.6 million contributed by Able since the acquisition.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multiemployer Pension Plans for which ABM is a Significant Contributor

Pension Fund

Arizona Sheet Metal Pension Trust Fund*

Building Service 32BJ Pension Fund

Building Service Pension Plan*

Contributions to the plan exceeded more than 5% of total 
contributions per most currently available Forms 5500
(as of the plan’s year end)

6/30/2020, 6/30/2019 and 6/30/2018

6/30/2020, 6/30/2019, and 6/30/2018

4/30/2020, 4/30/2019, and 4/30/2018

Contract Cleaners Service Employees’ Pension Plan*

12/31/20, 12/31/2019, and 12/31/2018

Firemen & Oilers Pension Plan of SEIU Local 1*

IUOE Stationary Engineers Local 39 Pension Trust Fund 

Massachusetts Service Employees Pension Plan*

SEIU Local 1 & Participating Employers Pension Trust

S.E.I.U. National Industry Pension Fund

7/31/2020, 7/31/2019, and 7/31/2018

12/31/2020, 12/13/2019, and 12/31/2018

12/31/2020, 12/31/2019, and 12/31/2018

9/30/2020, 9/30/2019, and 9/30/2018

12/31/2020, 12/31/2019, and 12/31/2018

Service Employees International Union Local 1 Cleveland Pension Plan*

12/31/2020, 12/31/2019, and 12/31/2018

Service Employees International Union Local 32BJ, District 36 Building 
Operators Pension Trust Fund*

Teamsters Local 617 Pension Fund*

Teamsters Local Union No. 727 Pension Plan*

12/31/2020, 12/31/2019, and 12/31/2018

2/28/2021, 2/29/2020, and 2/28/2019

2/28/2021, 2/29/2020, and 2/28/2019

* These plans are not separately listed in our multiemployer table as they represent an insignificant portion of our total multiemployer pension plan contributions.

Multiemployer Defined Contribution Plans

In addition to contributions noted above, we also make contributions to multiemployer defined contribution 
plans.  During  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  our  contributions  to  the  defined  contribution  plans  were  $21.2  million,  $15.5 
million, and $9.0 million, respectively. 

Other Multiemployer Benefit Plans

We also contribute to several multiemployer postretirement health and welfare plans based on obligations 
arising  under  collective  bargaining  agreements  covering  union-represented  employees.  These  plans  may  provide 
medical, pharmacy, dental, vision, mental health, and other benefits to employees as determined by the trustees of 
each plan. The majority of our contributions benefit active employees and, as such, may not constitute contributions 
to a postretirement benefit plan. However, since we are unable to separate contribution amounts to postretirement 
benefit  plans  from  contribution  amounts  paid  to  benefit  active  employees,  we  categorize  all  such  amounts  as 
contributions  to  postretirement  benefit  plans.  During  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  our  contributions  to  such  plans  were 
$270.8 million, $264.8 million, and $269.8 million, respectively. There have been no significant changes that affect 
the comparability of total contributions for any of the periods presented.

81

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds

We use letters of credit and surety bonds to secure certain commitments related to insurance programs and 
for  other  purposes.  As  of  October  31,  2021,  these  letters  of  credit  and  surety  bonds  totaled  $167.7  million  and 
$687.3 million, respectively. 

Guarantees

In some instances, we offer clients guaranteed energy savings under certain energy savings contracts. At 
October  31,  2021  and  2020,  total  guarantees  were  $254.3  million  and  $182.8  million,  respectively,  and  these 
guarantees extend through 2041 and 2039, respectively. We accrue for the estimated cost of guarantees when it is 
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not 
incurred any material losses in connection with these guarantees.

Indemnifications

We are party to a variety of agreements under which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party for 
certain matters. These agreements are primarily standard indemnification arrangements entered into in our ordinary 
course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we may agree to indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the 
indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally our clients, in connection with 
any claims arising out of the services that we provide. We also incur costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related 
to  these  indemnification  arrangements,  and  in  most  cases  these  costs  are  paid  from  our  insurance  program. 
Although  we  attempt  to  place  limits  on  such  indemnification  arrangements  related  to  the  size  of  the  contract,  the 
maximum obligation may not be explicitly stated and, as a result, we are unable to determine the maximum potential 
amount of future payments we could be required to make under these arrangements.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain 
liabilities that were incurred as a result of their status or service to ABM as a director or officer. The amount of these 
obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. 

Unclaimed Property Audits

We  routinely  remit  escheat  payments  to  states  in  compliance  with  applicable  escheat  laws,  and  we  are 
subject to unclaimed property audits by states in the ordinary course of business. The property subject to review in 
the  audit  process  may  include  unclaimed  wages,  vendor  payments,  or  customer  refunds.  State  escheat  laws 
generally require entities to report and remit abandoned or unclaimed property to the state, and failure to do so can 
result in assessments that could include interest and penalties in addition to the payment of the escheat liability. 

Legal Matters

We are a party to a number of lawsuits, claims, and proceedings incident to the operation of our business, 
including  those  pertaining  to  labor  and  employment,  contracts,  personal  injury,  and  other  matters,  some  of  which 
allege substantial monetary damages. Some of these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class 
or purported class of employees. 

At October 31, 2021, the total amount accrued for probable litigation losses where a reasonable estimate of 
the  loss  could  be  made  was  $18.5  million.  We  do  not  accrue  for  contingent  losses  that,  in  our  judgment,  are 
considered to be reasonably possible but not probable. The estimation of reasonably possible losses also requires 
the analysis of multiple possible outcomes that often depend on judgments about potential actions by third parties. 
Our  management  currently  estimates  the  range  of  loss  for  reasonably  possible  losses  for  which  a  reasonable 
estimate of the loss can be made is between zero and $6 million. Factors underlying this estimated range of loss 
may change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from this estimate. The amounts above do 
not include any accrual or loss estimates with respect to the Bucio case described below.

Litigation  outcomes  are  difficult  to  predict  and  the  estimation  of  probable  losses  requires  the  analysis  of 
multiple possible outcomes that often depend on judgments about potential actions by third parties. If one or more 
matters  are  resolved  in  a  particular  period  in  an  amount  in  excess  of,  or  in  a  manner  different  than,  what  we 
anticipated, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

82

In  some  cases,  although  a  loss  is  probable  or  reasonably  possible,  we  cannot  reasonably  estimate  the 
maximum potential losses for probable matters or the range of losses for reasonably possible matters. Therefore, 
our accrual for probable losses and our estimated range of loss for reasonably possible losses do not represent our 
maximum possible exposure. 

Certain Legal Proceedings

In  determining  whether  to  include  any  particular  lawsuit  or  other  proceeding  in  our  disclosure  below,  we 
consider  both  quantitative  and  qualitative  factors.  These  factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  the  amount  of 
damages and the nature of any other relief sought in the proceeding; if such damages and other relief are specified, 
our  view  of  the  merits  of  the  claims;  whether  the  action  is  or  purports  to  be  a  class  action,  and  our  view  of  the 
likelihood  that  a  class  will  be  certified  by  the  court;  the  jurisdiction  in  which  the  proceeding  is  pending;  and  the 
potential impact of the proceeding on our reputation.

The Consolidated Cases of Bucio and Martinez v. ABM Janitorial Services filed on April 7, 2006, pending in 
the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco (the “Bucio case”) 

The Bucio case is a class action pending in San Francisco Superior Court that alleges we failed to provide 
legally  required  meal  periods  and  make  additional  premium  payments  for  such  meal  periods,  pay  split  shift 
premiums  when  owed,  and  reimburse  janitors  for  travel  expenses.  There  is  also  a  claim  for  penalties  under  the 
California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”). On April 19, 2011, the trial court held a hearing on 
plaintiffs’ motion to certify the class. At the conclusion of that hearing, the trial court denied plaintiffs’ motion to certify 
the class. On May 11, 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion to reconsider, which was denied. The plaintiffs appealed the 
class certification issues. The trial court stayed the underlying lawsuit pending the decision in the appeal. The Court 
of  Appeal  of  the  State  of  California,  First  Appellate  District  (the  “Court  of  Appeal”),  heard  oral  arguments  on 
November  7,  2017.  On  December  11,  2017,  the  Court  of  Appeal  reversed  the  trial  court’s  order  denying  class 
certification and remanded the matter for certification of a meal period, travel expense reimbursement, and split shift 
class. The  case  was  remitted  to  the  trial  court  for  further  proceedings  on  class  certification,  discovery,  dispositive 
motions, and trial. 

On September 20, 2018, the trial court entered an order defining four certified subclasses of janitors who 
were employed by the legacy ABM janitorial companies in California at any time between April 7, 2002, and April 30, 
2013, on claims based on alleged previous automatic deduction practices for meal breaks, unpaid meal premiums, 
unpaid  split  shift  premiums,  and  unreimbursed  business  expenses,  such  as  mileage  reimbursement  for  use  of 
personal vehicles to travel between worksites. On February 1, 2019, the trial court held that the discovery related to 
PAGA claims allegedly arising after April 30, 2013, would be stayed until after the class and PAGA claims accruing 
prior  to  April  30,  2013,  had  been  tried.  The  parties  engaged  in  mediation  in  July  2019,  which  did  not  result  in 
settlement of the case. On October 17, 2019, the plaintiffs filed a motion asking the trial court to certify additional 
classes  based  on  an  alleged  failure  to  maintain  time  records,  an  alleged  failure  to  provide  accurate  wage 
statements, and an alleged practice of combining meal and rest breaks. The trial court denied the plaintiffs’ motion 
to certify additional classes on December 26, 2019. The case was reassigned to a new judge on January 6, 2020. 
ABM filed motions for summary adjudication as to certain of plaintiffs’ class claims, and the trial court denied those 
motions  in  November  2020. The  parties  engaged  in  another  mediation  in  January  2021,  which  did  not  result  in  a 
settlement of the case. Plaintiffs filed motions for summary adjudication and/or summary judgment on some claims 
in December 2020. 

In  February  and  March  2021,  the  parties  engaged  in  expert  discovery  that  provided  detailed  information 
regarding  the  plaintiffs’  damage  calculations  on  the  class  claims.  On  February  25,  2021,  the  California  Supreme 
Court issued an opinion in Donohue v. AMN Services, which addresses the standard for adjudicating meal period 
claims under California law and we believe is supportive of ABM’s legal position in the Bucio case. On May 5, 2021, 
the  trial  court  denied  all  of  the  plaintiffs’  December  2020  motions  for  summary  adjudication  and/or  summary 
judgment, and the case was assigned to a new judge. On May 5, 2021, the trial court ordered the parties to attend a 
mandatory settlement conference before a separate judge on June 11, 2021. The trial date was scheduled for July 
12, 2021.

On July 7, 2021, the Company entered into a class action settlement and release agreement to settle the 
Bucio case for $140 million and to obtain a release of the certified class claims that were asserted in the Bucio case. 
The  settlement  will  also  resolve  the  PAGA  claim. The  release  of  the  certified  class  claims  covers  the  time  period 
from April 7, 2002, through April 30, 2013. The release of the PAGA claim covers the time period from November 15, 
2005,  through  July  18,  2021.  Any  attorneys’  fees  awarded  by  the  trial  court  and  all  costs  of  notice  and  claims 

83

administration will be paid from the $140 million settlement fund. Employees who will be a part of the settlement will 
receive payments based on the number of pay periods they worked.

The  settlement  agreement  is  contingent  upon  the  approval  of  the  trial  court.  On  August  11,  2021,  the 
plaintiffs  filed  the  motion  for  preliminary  approval  of  class  action  settlement  with  the  trial  court.  On  December  7, 
2021,  the  trial  court  issued  its  order  granting  preliminary  approval  of  the  class  action  settlement.  Members  of  the 
class will receive notice of the settlement, and there will be an opportunity for them to object to the settlement before 
the  trial  court  grants  final  approval  of  the  settlement.  The  final  approval  hearing  with  the  trial  court  is  currently 
scheduled to take place on March 16, 2022. No payments will be made to employees until after the settlement is 
finally approved by the trial court.

The Company has recorded a $142.9 million settlement accrual, which includes an accrual of $2.9 million of 
related  payroll  taxes,  for  the  Bucio  case  within  “Other  current  liabilities”  on  the  unaudited  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets  as  of  October  31,  2021,  and  $142.9  million  of  related  expense  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses” in our unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended October 
31, 2021.

14. PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK 

Preferred Stock 

We are authorized to issue 500,000 shares of preferred stock. None of these preferred shares are issued.

Common Stock

Effective December 18, 2019, our Board of Directors replaced our then-existing share repurchase program 
with a new share repurchase program under which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock. 
These purchases may take place on the open market or otherwise, and all or part of the repurchases may be made 
pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing of repurchases is at our discretion 
and  will  depend  upon  several  factors,  including  market  and  business  conditions,  future  cash  flows,  share  price, 
share availability, and other factors at our discretion. Repurchased shares are retired and returned to an authorized 
but unissued status. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice. 

Repurchase Activity

We repurchased shares under the 2019 Share Repurchase Program during the second quarter of 2020, as 
summarized below. However, due to the market and business conditions arising from the Pandemic, in March 2020 
we  suspended  further  repurchases  of  our  common  stock. At  October  31,  2021,  authorization  for  $144.9  million  of 
repurchases remained under the 2019 Share Repurchase Program. There were no share repurchases during 2021.

(in millions, except per share amounts)
Total number of shares purchased
Average price paid per share

Total cash paid for share repurchases

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

— 
N/A $ 
—  $ 

0.2 
36.16 

5.1 

$ 

84

 
 
15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

We  use  various  share-based  compensation  plans  to  provide  incentives  for  our  key  employees  and 

directors. Currently, these incentives primarily consist of RSUs and performance shares. 

On May 2, 2006, our stockholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which was last amended and 
restated on March 7, 2018 (as amended and restated, the “2006 Equity Plan”). The 2006 Equity Plan is an omnibus 
plan  that  provides  for  a  variety  of  equity  and  equity-based  award  vehicles,  including  stock  options,  stock 
appreciation  rights,  RSUs,  performance  shares,  and  other  share-based  awards.  Shares  subject  to  awards  that 
terminate  without  vesting  or  exercise  are  available  for  future  awards  under  the  2006  Equity  Plan.  Certain  of  the 
awards under the 2006 Equity Plan may qualify as “performance-based” compensation under the IRC. 

On  March  24,  2021,  our  stockholders  approved  the  2021  Equity  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (the 
“2021 Equity Plan”). The 2021 Equity Plan is an omnibus plan that provides for a variety of equity and equity-based 
award  vehicles,  including  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  RSUs,  performance  shares,  and  other  share-
based awards. Shares subject to awards that terminate without vesting or exercise are available for future awards 
under the 2021 Equity Plan. Certain of the awards under the 2021 Equity Plan may qualify as “performance-based” 
compensation under the IRC.

No further shares are authorized for issuance under the 2006 Equity Plan. There are 3,975,000 total shares 
of  common  stock  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  2021  Equity  Plan,  and  at  October  31,  2021,  there  were 
5,406,414  shares  of  common  stock  available  for  grant  for  future  equity-based  compensation  awards.  In  addition, 
there are certain plans under which we can no longer issue awards, such as the 2006 Equity Plan, although awards 
outstanding under such plans may still vest and be exercised.

We  also  maintain  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan,  which  our  stockholders  approved  on  March  9,  2004 
(the  “2004  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan”).  As  amended,  there  are  4,000,000  total  shares  of  common  stock 
authorized for issuance under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Effective May 1, 2006, the 2004 Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan is no longer considered compensatory and the values of the awards are no longer treated as 
share-based compensation expense. Additionally, as of that date, the purchase price became 95% of the fair value 
of  our  common  stock  price  on  the  last  trading  day  of  the  month.  Employees  may  designate  up  to  10%  of  their 
compensation  for  the  purchase  of  stock,  subject  to  a  $25,000  annual  limit.  Employees  are  required  to  hold  their 
shares for a minimum of six months from the date of purchase. At October 31, 2021, there were 518,881 remaining 
unissued shares under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Compensation Expense by Type of Award and Related Income Tax Benefit

(in millions)
RSUs
Performance shares
Share-based compensation expense before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Share-based compensation expense, net of taxes

$ 

$ 

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

17.6  $ 
15.8 
33.5 
(9.4)   
24.1  $ 

11.5  $ 

8.8 
20.3 
(5.7)   
14.6  $ 

9.5 
8.0 
17.5 
(4.9) 
12.5 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RSUs and Dividend Equivalent Rights

We  award  RSUs  to  eligible  employees  and  our  directors  (each,  a  “Grantee”)  that  entitle  the  Grantee  to 
receive  shares  of  our  common  stock  as  the  units  vest.  RSUs  granted  to  eligible  employees  in  2020  and  2021 
generally  vest  ratably  over  three  years.  RSUs  granted  to  eligible  employees  prior  to  2020  generally  vest  with 
respect to 50% of the underlying award on the second and fourth anniversary of the award. RSUs granted to non-
employee directors vest on the first anniversary date of the grant date. In general, the receipt of RSUs is subject to 
the Grantee’s continuing employment or service as a director.

RSUs are credited with dividend equivalent rights that are converted to RSUs at the fair market value of our 
common stock on the dates the dividend payments are made and are subject to the same terms and conditions as 
the underlying award. 

RSU Activity

Outstanding at October 31, 2020
Granted
Vested (including 0.2 shares withheld for income taxes)
Forfeited
Outstanding at October 31, 2021

Number of
Shares
(in millions)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value per 
Share

1.1  $ 
0.4 
(0.5)   
(0.2)   
1.0  $ 

36.32 
40.22 
36.34 
36.56 
38.06 

At  October  31,  2021,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  related  to  RSUs 
was $21.4 million, which is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average vesting period of 1.7 years. 
In  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  the  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  per  share  of  awards  granted  was  $40.22, 
$36.11,  and  $34.48,  respectively.  In  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  the  total  grant  date  fair  value  of  RSUs  vested  and 
converted to shares of ABM common stock was $16.9 million, $6.1 million, and $10.7 million, respectively

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Shares, Including TSR Performance Shares

Performance  shares  consist  of  a  contingent  right  to  receive  shares  of  our  common  stock  based  on 
performance  targets  adopted  by  our  Compensation  Committee.  Performance  shares  are  credited  with  dividend 
equivalent  rights  that  will  be  converted  to  performance  shares  at  the  fair  market  value  of  our  common  stock 
beginning after the performance targets have been satisfied and are subject to the same terms and conditions as 
the underlying award. 

For  certain  performance  share  awards,  the  number  of  performance  shares  that  will  vest  is  based  on  pre-
established  internal  financial  performance  targets  and  typically  a  three-year  service  and  performance  period. The 
number of TSR-modified awards that will vest over the respective three-year performance period is based on our 
total shareholder return relative to the S&P 1500 Composite Commercial Services & Supplies Index. Vesting of 0% 
to 150% of the awards originally granted may occur depending on the respective performance metrics. 

Performance Share Activity

Outstanding at October 31, 2020
Granted
Vested (including 0.1 shares withheld for income taxes)
Performance adjustments
Forfeited
Outstanding at October 31, 2021

Number of 
Shares
(in millions)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

0.8  $ 
0.3 

(0.2)   
0.2 
(0.1)   
1.0  $ 

37.35 
39.97 

36.53 
37.63 
39.22 
38.25 

At  October  31,  2021,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  performance  share  awards  was 
$15.4  million,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  ratably  over  a  weighted-average  vesting  period  of  1.7  years. 
Except for TSR performance shares, these costs are based on estimated achievement of performance targets and 
estimated costs are periodically reevaluated. For our TSR performance shares, these costs are based on the fair 
value of awards at the grant date and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period of three years. 

In  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  the  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  per  share  of  awards  granted  was 
$39.97, $35.92, and $35.44, respectively. In 2021, 2020, and 2019, the total grant date fair value of performance 
shares  vested  and  converted  to  shares  of  ABM  common  stock  was  $9.0  million,  $6.1  million,  and  $6.8  million, 
respectively. 

In 2021, 2020, and 2019, we used the Monte Carlo simulation valuation technique to estimate the fair value 

of TSR performance share grants, which used the assumptions in the table below. 

Monte Carlo Assumptions

Expected life(1)
Expected stock price volatility(2)
Risk-free interest rate(3)
Stock price(4)

2021

2020

2019

2.81 years

2.81 years

2.81 years

 42.9 %

 0.2 %

 28.7 %

 1.5 %

 27.7 %

 2.5 %

$ 

40.75 

$ 

37.99 

$ 

34.92 

(1) The expected life represents the remaining performance period of the awards. 

(2) The expected volatility for each grant is determined based on the historical volatility of our common stock over a period equal 

to the remaining term of the performance period from the date of grant for all awards.

(3)  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  continuous  compounded  yield  on  U.S.  Treasury  Constant  Maturity  Rates  with 
varying remaining terms; the yield is determined over a time period commensurate with the performance period from the grant 
date. 

(4) The stock price is the closing price of our common stock on the valuation date.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Weighted-average fair value of granted purchase rights per share

Common stock issued

Fair value of common stock issued per share

Aggregate purchases

Years Ended October 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.17  $ 

1.75  $ 

0.1 

0.1 

1.77 

0.1 

41.18  $ 

33.18  $ 

33.60 

3.3  $ 

3.5  $ 

4.1 

16. INCOME TAXES

Geographic Sources of Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

(in millions)
United States
Foreign
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Components of Income Tax (Provision) Benefit

(in millions)
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Income tax provision

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

152.8  $ 

45.2  $ 

27.0 

8.1 

179.8  $ 

53.3  $ 

137.1 
23.1 
160.2 

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

(66.3)  $ 
(27.4)   
(7.8)   

34.9 
13.2 
(0.1)   
(53.5)  $ 

(59.3)  $ 
(28.6)   
(1.7)   

23.2 
12.5 
0.9 
(53.1)  $ 

(6.4) 
(10.7) 
(5.9) 

(8.5) 
(1.6) 
0.4 
(32.7) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Reconciliation of the U.S. Statutory Tax Rate to Annual Effective Tax Rate

U.S. statutory rate

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Federal and state tax credits
Impact of foreign operations 
Changes in uncertain tax positions
Incremental tax benefit from share-based compensation awards
Energy efficiency incentives
Impact from goodwill impairment
Transition tax on foreign earnings 
Remeasurement of U.S. deferred taxes
Nondeductible expenses
Other, net

Effective tax rate 

88

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

 21.0% 
 6.8 
 (2.6) 
 0.3 
 1.5 
 (0.4) 
 (0.7) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 2.9 
 1.0 
 29.8 %

 21.0% 
 (0.6) 
 (4.7) 
 1.3 
 (2.0) 
 (1.6) 
 (3.8) 
 81.7 
 — 
 — 
 4.4 
 3.9 
 99.6 %

 21.0% 
 5.9 
 (3.9) 
 (1.0) 
 (0.8) 
 (0.7) 
 — 
 — 
 (1.1) 
 (0.3) 
 2.1 
 (0.8) 
 20.4 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”) was enacted into law. Among other 
provisions, it reduced the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and required companies to pay a one-
time  transition  tax  on  the  deemed  repatriation  of  indefinitely  reinvested  earnings  of  international  subsidiaries.  Our 
U.S. statutory federal tax rate for fiscal 2019 and future years was reduced to 21%. Other provisions under the Tax 
Act  became  effective  for  us  in  fiscal  2019,  including  limitations  on  deductibility  of  interest  and  executive 
compensation,  as  well  as  a  new  minimum  tax  on  Global  Intangible  Low-Taxed  Income  (“GILTI”),  which  we  have 
elected to account for as a period cost. While U.S. federal tax expense has been recognized as a result of the Tax 
Act, no deferred tax liabilities with respect to federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes have been 
recognized. 

During 2021 and 2020, we had effective tax rates of 29.8% and 99.6%, respectively, resulting in a provision 
for tax of $53.5 million and $53.1 million, respectively. Our effective tax rate for 2021 was impacted by the following 
discrete items: a $3.0 million provision for nondeductible transaction costs; a $2.6 million provision for change in tax 
reserves;  a  $1.4  million  provision  for  true-ups;  and  a  $1.2  million  benefit  for  energy  efficiency  incentives.  Our 
effective tax rate for 2020 was also impacted by the following discrete items: a $5.7 million benefit from true-ups; a 
$2.3 million provision related to WOTC; a $2.1 million benefit from energy efficiency incentives; and a $1.1 million 
benefit  from  change  of  tax  reserves.  The  effective  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  October  31,  2020,  excluding  a 
nondeductible impairment loss of $163.8 million, was 24.4%.

In  response  to  the  Pandemic,  Congress  enacted  the  CARES  Act  on  March  27,  2020.  The  CARES  Act 
provides various tax provisions, including payroll tax provisions, which we have evaluated for applicability. Through 
December  31,  2020,  we  deferred  approximately  $132  million  of  payroll  tax,  which  the  CARES Act  requires  to  be 
remitted in equal parts by December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2022. The CARES Act did not have a material 
impact on our income tax provision.

Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

(in millions)
Deferred tax assets attributable to:

Self-insurance claims (net of recoverables)
Deferred and other compensation
Accounts receivable allowances
Settlement liabilities
Other accruals
Other comprehensive income
State taxes
State net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credits
Unrecognized tax benefits
Deferred payroll taxes
Operating lease liabilities
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities attributable to:

Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill and other acquired intangibles
Right-of-use assets
Tax accounting method change
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

$ 

As of October 31,

2021

2020

92.0  $ 
34.4 
8.2 
44.2 
6.6 
1.3 
0.7 
4.0 
2.9 
3.3 
35.1 
33.5 
266.2 

(2.2)   

264.0 

(4.1)   
(222.2)   
(33.8)   
(15.8)   
(10.6)   
(286.5)   

74.7 
28.6 
8.8 
5.0 
1.5 
2.7 
1.4 
5.9 
3.7 
3.2 
26.9 
38.2 
200.6 
(4.1) 
196.5 

(1.2) 
(159.4) 
(38.2) 
— 
(8.5) 
(207.3) 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$ 

(22.5)  $ 

(10.8) 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Credits

State net operating loss carryforwards totaling $74.2 million at October 31, 2021, are being carried forward 
in several state jurisdictions where we are permitted to use net operating losses from prior periods to reduce future 
taxable  income. These  losses  will  expire  between  2022  and  2041.  Federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  were 
fully  utilized  during  2020.  Federal  and  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  totaling  $3.4  million  are  available  to  reduce 
future cash taxes and will expire between 2022 and 2041.

The  valuation  allowance  represents  the  amount  of  tax  benefits  related  to  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards that are not likely to be realized. We believe the remaining deferred tax assets are more likely than 
not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income. 

Changes to the Valuation Allowance

(in millions)
Valuation allowance at beginning of year

Other, net

Valuation allowance at end of year 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

$ 

4.1  $ 
(1.9)   
2.2  $ 

8.4  $ 
(4.3)   
4.1  $ 

12.0 
(3.6) 
8.4 

At  October  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  there  were  $30.4  million,  $35.5  million,  and  $35.3  million, 
respectively,  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  if  recognized  in  the  future  would  impact  our  effective  tax  rate.  We 
estimate  that  a  decrease  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  up  to  approximately  $8.3  million  is  reasonably  possible 
over the next 12 months due to lapses of applicable statutes of limitations. At October 31, 2021 and 2020, accrued 
interest and penalties were $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively. For interest and penalties, we recognized an 
expense of $0.1 million and $0.4 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively, and a benefit of $0.2 million in 2019. 

Reconciliation of Total Unrecognized Tax Benefits

(in millions)
Balance at beginning of year

Additions for tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions related to prior years
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
Settlements

Balance at end of year

Jurisdictions 

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

$ 

35.5  $ 

3.7 
0.3 
(5.3)   
(2.5)   
(1.3)   
30.4  $ 

35.3  $ 

2.1 
1.6 
— 
(3.0)   
(0.5)   
35.5  $ 

35.8 
— 
3.6 
— 
(3.9) 
(0.3) 
35.3 

We conduct business in all 50 states, significantly in California, Texas, and New York, as well as in various 
foreign jurisdictions. Our most significant income tax jurisdiction is the United States. Due to expired statutes and 
closed audits, our federal income tax returns for years prior to fiscal 2018 are no longer subject to examination by 
the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Generally,  for  the  majority  of  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions  where  we  do 
business, periods prior to fiscal 2018 are no longer subject to examination. We are currently being examined by the 
IRS and tax authorities of California, New York City, and Montana.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Segment Information

Our  current  reportable  segments  consist  of  B&I,  T&M,  Education,  Aviation,  and  Technical  Solutions,  as 

further described below. The newly acquired Able is integrated within our B&I reportable segment.

B&I

T&M

Education

Aviation

 REPORTABLE SEGMENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS

B&I,  our  largest  reportable  segment,  encompasses  janitorial,  facilities  services, 
and  parking  services  for  commercial  real  estate  properties,  sports  and 
entertainment  venues,  and  traditional  hospitals  and  non-acute  healthcare 
facilities. B&I also provides vehicle maintenance and other services to rental car 
providers.

T&M provides janitorial, facilities services, and parking services to industrial and 
high-tech manufacturing facilities.

Education  delivers  janitorial,  custodial,  landscaping  and  grounds,  facilities 
engineering,  and  parking  services  for  public  school  districts,  private  schools, 
colleges, and universities.

Aviation  supports  airlines  and  airports  with  services  ranging  from  parking  and 
janitorial to passenger assistance, catering logistics, air cabin maintenance, and 
transportation.

Technical Solutions

Technical  Solutions  specializes  in  mechanical  and  electrical  services.  These 
services  can  also  be  leveraged  for  cross-selling  across  all  of  our  industry 
groups, both domestically and internationally.

The accounting policies for our segments are the same as those disclosed within our significant accounting 
policies  in  Note  2,  “Basis  of  Presentation  and  Significant  Accounting  Policies.”  Our  management  evaluates  the 
performance  of  each  reportable  segment  based  on  its  respective  operating  profit  results,  which  include  the 
allocation  of  certain  centrally  incurred  costs.  Corporate  expenses  not  allocated  to  segments  include  certain  CEO 
and other finance and human resource departmental expenses, certain information technology costs, share-based 
compensation, certain legal costs and settlements, restructuring and related costs, certain actuarial adjustments to 
self-insurance reserves, and direct acquisition costs. Management does not review asset information by segment, 
therefore we do not present assets in this note. 

91

Financial Information by Reportable Segment

(in millions)
Revenues
Business & Industry
Technology & Manufacturing
Education
Aviation
Technical Solutions
Elimination of inter-segment revenues

Operating profit
Business & Industry
Technology & Manufacturing
Education(1)
Aviation(2)
Technical Solutions(3)
Government Services
Corporate(4)
Adjustment for income from unconsolidated affiliates, included in 

Aviation

Adjustment for tax deductions for energy efficient government 

   buildings, included in Technical Solutions

Income from unconsolidated affiliates
Interest expense
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Depreciation and amortization
Business & Industry
Technology & Manufacturing
Education
Aviation
Technical Solutions
Corporate

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

3,346.5  $ 
987.1 
836.4 
668.8 
534.0 
(144.2)   
6,228.6  $ 

337.8  $ 
103.8 
60.5 
32.5 
49.8 
(0.2)   
(374.6)   

3,157.8  $ 
956.0 
808.8 
680.9 
506.6 
(122.4)   
5,987.6  $ 

253.7  $ 

84.4 
(41.1)   
(59.6)   
9.5 
(0.1)   
(146.9)   

3,251.4 
917.0 
847.4 
1,017.3 
593.2 
(127.7) 
6,498.6 

182.3 
72.5 
39.0 
21.1 
55.4 
(0.1) 
(159.0) 

(2.1)   

(2.2)   

(3.0) 

(1.2)   

206.3 
2.1 
(28.6)   
179.8  $ 

20.4  $ 
11.3 
30.6 
9.1 
5.9 
12.7 
89.9  $ 

(2.1)   
95.7 
2.2 
(44.6)   
53.3  $ 

18.9  $ 
12.5 
33.8 
10.6 
7.2 
13.5 
96.4  $ 

0.1 
208.3 
3.0 
(51.1) 
160.2 

21.3 
14.3 
37.3 
11.9 
8.6 
13.9 
107.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1) Reflects impairment charges totaling $99.3 million on goodwill during the year ended October 31, 2020.

(2) Reflects impairment charges totaling $61.1 million on goodwill and intangible assets during the year ended October 31, 2020.

(3) Reflects impairment charges totaling $12.4 million on goodwill and intangible assets during the year ended October 31, 2020.

(4)  Reflects  accrued  litigation  settlement  reserve  totaling  $142.9  million  for  the  Bucio  case  during  the  year  ended  October  31, 

2021

Geographic Information Based on the Country in Which the Sale Originated(1)

(in millions)
Revenues
United States
All other countries

Years Ended October 31,
2020

2019

2021

$ 

$ 

5,847.8  $ 
380.8 
6,228.6  $ 

5,625.1  $ 
362.5 
5,987.6  $ 

6,025.2 
473.3 
6,498.6 

(1) Substantially all of our long-lived assets are related to United States operations.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Our strategic transformation under ELEVATE will result in changes to our reportable segments in fiscal year 
2022. To align the Company’s operations with the new strategic initiative, the Manufacturing & Distribution (“M&D”) 
industry group will be created, replacing T&M. As part of our focus to better serve our manufacturing and distribution 
clients,  M&D  will  maintain  our  large  manufacturing  clients  and  add  clients  in  the  distribution  sector  from  B&I.  In 
addition, technology clients served by T&M will shift into B&I. This organizational structure change was effective as 
of November 1, 2021. We will begin reporting our results under the new reportable segment of M&D beginning in 
the first quarter of fiscal year 2022. 

93

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

a. Disclosure Controls and Procedures. 

As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  our  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial 
Officer evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) 
of  the  Exchange Act.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  our  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer 
concluded  that  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were 
effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange 
Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure. 

b. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and 
with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, 
we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  upon  the 
framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal 
control over financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2021.

The Company acquired Able on September 30, 2021. Management excluded Able from its assessment of 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021. Able represented 
approximately  4.4%  of  the  Company’s  total  consolidated  assets  (excluding  goodwill  and  intangibles,  which  are 
included within the scope of the assessment) and 1.6% of total consolidated revenues, as of and for the year ended 
October 31, 2021. 

Audit Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included 
herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

c. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. 

To support the growth of our financial shared service capabilities and standardize our financial systems, we 
continue  to  update  several  key  platforms,  including  our  HR  information  systems,  enterprise  resource  planning 
system,  and  labor  management  system.  The  implementation  of  several  key  platforms  involves  changes  in  the 
systems  that  include  internal  controls. Although  some  of  the  transitions  have  proceeded  to  date  without  material 
adverse  effects,  the  possibility  exists  that  they  could  adversely  affect  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting 
and procedures. 

There  were  no  other  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  fiscal  year  2021 
identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. As a result 
of the Pandemic, many of our office-based employees began working remotely in March 2020. This change to the 
working environment did not have a material effect on our internal controls over financial reporting during the fiscal 
year 2021. We are continually monitoring and assessing the impact of the Pandemic and the resulting changes to 
our working environment on our internal controls over financial reporting.

94

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (“ITRA”), effective August 10, 
2012, added a new subsection (r) to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, which requires issuers that file periodic reports 
with the SEC to disclose in their annual and quarterly reports whether, during the reporting period, they or any of 
their “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) have knowingly engaged in specified activities or 
transactions relating to Iran, including activities not prohibited by U.S. law and conducted outside the United States 
by  non-U.S.  affiliates  in  compliance  with  applicable  laws.  Issuers  must  also  file  a  notice  with  the  SEC  if  any 
disclosable activity under ITRA has been included in an annual or quarterly report.

The  Company  recently  discovered  that  one  of  its  U.K.  subsidiaries  had  been  providing  aircraft  cleaning 
services to Iran Air since April 2020. The U.K. subsidiary terminated its relationship with Iran Air on August 30, 2021. 
The  aggregate  amount  of  payments  received  by  the  U.K.  subsidiary  in  return  for  its  services  was  approximately 
GBP 64,000, and the aggregated profits were GBP 6,400.

The Company has submitted a preliminary self-disclosure and investigation report of the U.K. subsidiary’s 

transactions with the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). 

The Company intends to fully cooperate with OFAC in its review of this matter and does not currently expect 
that  OFAC’s  review  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  The  Company  is  also  in  the  process  of 
reviewing  and  developing  enhanced  controls,  procedures,  and  other  measures  to  ensure  compliance  with 
applicable law.

95

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Information about our executive officers is found in Part I, Item 1, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under 
“Executive  Officers  of  Registrant.” Additional  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  captions 
“Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance and Board Matters,” and “Audit-Related Matters” in 
our  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2022 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “2022  Proxy  Statement”).  Such 
information  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  Our  2022  Proxy  Statement  will  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission within 120 days after the conclusion of our fiscal year ended October 31, 2021.

On April 19, 2021, we filed our Annual CEO Certification as required by Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed 

Company Manual.

Code of Business Conduct

We  have  adopted  and  posted  on  our  website  (www.abm.com)  the ABM  Code  of  Business  Conduct.  Our 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  qualifies  as  a  “code  of  ethics”  within  the  meaning  of  Item  406  of  Regulation  S-K.  Our 
Code of Business Conduct applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our Principal Executive 
Officer,  Principal  Financial  Officer,  and  Principal Accounting  Officer.  If  any  amendments  are  made  to  the  Code  of 
Business Conduct or if any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct 
is  granted  to  our  Principal  Executive  Officer,  Principal  Financial  Officer,  or  Principal  Accounting  Officer,  we  will 
disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website at the address specified above. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Information with respect to executive compensation required by this Item will be set forth under the captions 
“Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2021,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Corporate Governance and Board 
Matters—Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  in  our  2022  Proxy  Statement  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Information  with  respect  to  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  and  equity 
compensation  plan  information  and  related  stockholder  matters  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the 
captions “General Information—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” “General Information—Security 
Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers,” and “General Information—Equity Compensation Plan Information” 
in our 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Information  with  respect  to  certain  relationships  and  related  transactions  and  with  respect  to  director 
independence required by this Item will be set forth under the captions “General Information—Certain Relationships 
and  Transactions  with  Related  Persons”  and  “Corporate  Governance  and  Board  Matters”  in  our  2022  Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

Information  with  respect  to  our Audit  Committee’s  pre-approval  policy  for  audit  services  and  our  principal 
accounting fees and services required by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Audit-Related Matters” in our 
2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

96

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

PART IV 

1. Financial Statements: Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended October 31, 2021, 2020, 
and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended October 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended October 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

2. Financial Statement Schedule

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended October 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

3. Exhibits

Exhibit Index

45
50

51
52
53

98

99

97

ABM INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

Balance
Beginning of 
Year

Additions 
from Able 
Acquisition

Charges to
Costs and 
Expenses

Write-offs(1)/ 
Allowance 
Taken

Balance
End of Year

(in millions)
Accounts receivable 
and sales allowances

2021
2020

$ 

2019
(1) Write-offs are net of recoveries.

35.5 
22.4 

19.2 

1.3 
— 

— 

44.3 
96.3 

87.7 

$ 

(48.4) 
(83.2) 

(84.6) 

32.7 
35.5 

22.4 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit

No.

1.1

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

Exhibit Description

Incorporated by Reference

Underwriting Agreement, dated March 14, 
2018, among ABM Industries Incorporated, 
Goldman Sachs & Co LLC, and UBS 
Securities LLC

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 11, 
2017, among GCA Holding Corp., ABM 
Industries Incorporated, Grade Sub One, Inc., 
Grade Sub Two, LLC and Thomas H. Lee 
Equity Fund VII, L.P. and Broad Street 
Principal Investments Holdings, L.P., acting 
jointly as the Securityholder Representative

Purchase Agreement, dated August 25, 2021, 
among Crown Building Maintenance Co., 
Crown Energy Services, Inc., ABM Industries 
Incorporated and the sellers and sellers’ 
representative party thereto
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ABM 
Industries Incorporated, dated March 26, 2020

Form File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

8-K

001-08929

1.1

March 19, 2018

8-K

001-08929

2.1

July 14, 2017

8-K

001-08929

2.1

August 25, 2021

8-K

001-08929

3.1

March 27, 2020

Amended and Restated Bylaws of ABM 
Industries Incorporated, dated March 26, 2020

8-K

001-08929

3.2

March 27, 2020

Description of Registrant’s Securities

10-K

001-08929

4.1

December 17, 2020

8-K

001-08929

10.2

September 8, 2017

10-K

001-08929

10.3

December 22, 2017

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

September 7, 2018

10-Q 001-08929

10.2

September 7, 2018

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 
2017, by and among ABM Industries 
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, certain 
subsidiaries of ABM Industries Incorporated 
from time to time party thereto, the lenders 
from time to time party thereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent
Letter Agreement, dated November 6, 2017, 
between ABM Industries Incorporated and 
Bank of America, N.A., as Swingline Lender 
with respect to the Credit Agreement dated as 
of September 1, 2017, among ABM Industries 
Incorporated, the Designated Borrowers party 
thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent

First Amendment, dated as of July 3, 2018, to 
the Credit Agreement dated September 1, 
2017, by and among ABM Industries 
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, the 
Designated Borrowers identified on the 
signature pages thereto, the Guarantors 
identified on the signature pages thereto, the 
Lenders identified on the signature pages 
thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent

Second Amendment, dated as of September 
5, 2018, to the Credit Agreement dated 
September 1, 2017, by and among ABM 
Industries Incorporated, a Delaware 
corporation, the Designated Borrowers 
identified on the signature pages thereto, the 
Guarantors identified on the signature pages 
thereto, the Lenders identified on the 
signature pages thereto, and Bank of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent

99

10.5

10.6

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17*

10-Q  001-08929

10.1

June 18, 2020

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

September 9, 2021

10-K

001-08929

10.17

January 14, 2005

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

September 8, 2006

10-K

001-08929

10.7

December 23, 2010

10-K

001-08929

8-K

001-08929

10.9

10.1

December 21, 2018

March 8, 2018

8-K

001-08929

10.1

March 26, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.2

June 3, 2015

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

March 5, 2020

10-K

001-08929

10.16

December 17, 2020

10-K

001-08929

10.17

December 17, 2020

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

June 9, 2021

Third Amendment, dated as of May 28, 2020, 
to the Credit Agreement dated September 1, 
2017, by and among ABM Industries 
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, the 
Designated Borrowers identified on the 
signature pages thereto, the Guarantors 
identified on the signature pages thereto, the 
Lenders identified on the signatures pages 
thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent 
Fourth Amendment, dated as of June 28, 
2021, to the Credit Agreement dated 
September 1, 2017, by and among ABM 
Industries Incorporated, a Delaware 
corporation, the Designated Borrowers 
identified on the signature pages thereto, the 
Guarantors identified on the signature pages 
thereto, the Lenders identified on the 
signature pages thereto and Bank of America, 
N.A., as administrative agent

ABM Executive Retiree Healthcare and Dental 
Plan
Director Retirement Plan Distribution Election 
Form, as revised June 16, 2006

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-
Employee Directors, as amended and 
restated December 13, 2010

Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement
2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and 
restated March 7, 2018
ABM Industries Incorporated 2021 Equity and 
Incentive Compensation Plan

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock and Restricted 
Stock Units, and Performance Shares 
Granted to Employees Pursuant to the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan, for Awards Granted on 
or after March 4, 2015

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock and Restricted 
Stock Units, and Performance Shares 
Granted to Employees Pursuant to the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan, for Awards Granted on 
or after January 1, 2020

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock 
Units, and Performance Shares Granted to 
Employees Pursuant to the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan, for Awards Granted on July 14, 
2020

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock 
Units and Performance Shares Granted to 
Employees Pursuant to the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan, for Awards Granted with a 
Two-Year Vesting Schedule
Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Awards Granted to Employees Pursuant to 
the 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation 
Plan

100

10.18*

10.19*

10.20*

10.21*

10.22*

10.23*

10.24*

10.25*

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30*

10.31*

10.32*

10.33*

10.34*

10.35*

10.36*

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock, and Restricted 
Stock Units Granted to Directors Pursuant to 
the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, for Awards 
Granted on or after March 4, 2015
Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Options, Restricted Stock, and Restricted 
Stock Units Granted to Directors Pursuant to 
the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, for Awards 
Granted on or after January 1, 2020

Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable 
to Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors 
Pursuant to the 2021 Equity and Incentive 
Compensation Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - 
2006 Equity Plan
Form of Performance Share Agreement - 
2006 Equity Plan

Executive Stock Option Plan (aka Age-Vested 
Career Stock Option Plan), as amended and 
restated June 4, 2012
Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, 
amended and restated October 25, 2010
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as 
amended and restated June 3, 2008
Service Award Benefit Plan, as amended and 
restated June 3, 2008
Executive Severance Pay Policy, as amended 
and restated March 7, 2011

Amended and Restated Executive 
Employment Agreement, dated as of 
September 22, 2017, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Scott Salmirs

Amended and Restated Change in Control 
Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017, 
by and between ABM Industries Incorporated 
and Scott Salmirs
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as 
of November 1, 2017, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Scott Giacobbe

Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
November 1, 2017, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Scott Giacobbe

Amendment to Executive Employment 
Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017, by 
and between ABM Industries Incorporated 
and Scott Giacobbe

Release Agreement, dated as of May 27, 
2021, by and between ABM Industries 
Incorporated and Scott Giacobbe

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as 
of January 1, 2018, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Rene Jacobsen

Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
January 1, 2018, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Rene Jacobsen

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as 
of March 1, 2018, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Andrea Newborn

101

10-Q 001-08929

10.3

June 3, 2015

10-Q 001-08929

10.2

March 5, 2020

10-Q 008-08929

10.2

June 9, 2021

10-K

001-08929

10.18

December 20, 2019

10-K

001-08929

10.19

December 20, 2019

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

September 6, 2012

10-K

001-08929

10.22

December 23, 2010

10-Q 001-08929

10.4

September 8, 2008

10-Q 001-08929

10.5

September 8, 2008

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

March 10, 2011

10-K

001-08929

10.28

December 22, 2017

10-K

001-08929

10.29

December 22, 2017

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

March 7, 2018

10-Q 001-08929

10.2

March 7, 2018

10-Q 001-08929

10.5

June 9, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.8

June 9, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.3

March 7, 2018

10-Q 001-08929

10.4

March 7, 2018

10-Q 001-08929

10.1

March 7, 2019

10-Q 001-08929

10.2

March 7, 2019

10-K

001-08929

10.35

December 20, 2019

10-Q 001-08929

10.4

June 9, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.6

June 9, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.7

June 9, 2021

10-Q 001-08929

10.3

June 9, 2021

10.37*

10.38*

10.39*

10.40*

10.41*

10.42*

21.1‡

23.1‡

31.1‡

31.2‡

32.1†

101.INS ‡

101.SCH ‡

101.CAL‡

101.LAB ‡

101.PRE ‡

101.DEF ‡

104†

Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
March 1, 2018, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Andrea Newborn

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as 
of October 28, 2019, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Joshua H. 
Feinberg
Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
February 8, 2020, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Joshua H. 
Feinberg

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as 
of November 1, 2020, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Earl R. Ellis

Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
November 30, 2020, by and between ABM 
Industries Incorporated and Earl R. Ellis

Change in Control Agreement, dated as of 
April 1, 2011, by and between ABM Industries 
Incorporated and Dean A. Chin

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
pursuant to Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Chief Financial Officer 
pursuant to Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
Certifications pursuant to Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 Rule 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b) and 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002
Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance 
document does not appear in the Interactive 
Data File because its XBRL tags are 
embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase 
Document
Inline XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 
Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted 
as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*
‡
†

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement
Indicates filed herewith
Indicates furnished herewith

102

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

ABM Industries Incorporated

By:

/s/ Scott Salmirs
Scott Salmirs
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
December 22, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of ABM Industries and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

By:

/s/ Scott Salmirs
Scott Salmirs
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer)
December 22, 2021

/s/ Earl R. Ellis
Earl R. Ellis
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
December 22, 2021

/s/ Sudhakar Kesavan
Sudhakar Kesavan
Chairman of the Board and Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ LeighAnne G. Baker
LeighAnne G. Baker, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Donald F. Colleran
Donald F. Colleran, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Thomas M. Gartland
Thomas M. Gartland, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Winifred M. Webb
Winifred M. Webb, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Dean A. Chin
Dean A. Chin
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer,
Corporate Controller and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
December 22, 2021

/s/ Quincy L. Allen
Quincy L. Allen, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Linda Chavez
Linda Chavez, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Art A. Garcia
Art A. Garcia, Director
December 22, 2021

/s/ Jill M. Golder
Jill M. Golder, Director
December 22, 2021

103

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[This page intentionally left blank] 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

ABM Industries Incorporated and Subsidiaries 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures (Unaudited) 

($ millions) 
Reconciliation of Income from Continuing Operations to 
Adjusted Income from Continuing Operations 

Income from continuing operations 
   Items impacting comparability* 
   Income tax benefit 
   Items impacting comparability, net of taxes 
Adjusted income from continuing operations 

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA 
Net income 
Items impacting comparability* 
Income tax provision 
Interest expense 
Depreciation and amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA Margin 
Revenues 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA margin 

Years ended October 31,  
2020 
2021 

$ 

$ 

126.3 
156.7 
(39.7) 
117.0 
243.3 

126.3 
156.7 
53.5 
28.6 
89.9 
455.0 

0.2 
167.6 
(4.3) 
163.3 
163.5 

0.3 
167.6 
53.1 
44.6 
96.4 
361.9 

$ 

6,228.6 
455.0 

7.3% 

5,987.6 
361.9 

6.0% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

*  The  Company  adjusts  income  from  continuing  operations  to  exclude  the  impact  of  certain  items  that  are 
unusual, non-recurring, or otherwise do not reflect management’s views of the underlying operational results 
and  trends  of  the  Company.  Please  refer  to  the  Company’s  Fourth  Quarter  and  Full  Year  2021  Financial 
Results press release for a full list of Items Impacting Comparability. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Sudhakar Kesavan [ C ]
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board, ABM Industries Incorporated 
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ICF International

Quincy L. Allen [ B ]
Former Chief Marketing Officer of IBM Cloud, IBM Corporation

LeighAnne G. Baker [ A, D ]
Former Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, 
Cargill, Inc.

Linda Chavez [ A, C ]
Senior Fellow, Niskanen Center

Donald F. Colleran [ A, D ]
President and Chief Executive Officer, FedEx Express

Art A. Garcia [ B, D ]
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, 
Ryder System, Inc.

Thomas M. Gartland [ A, C ]
Executive Chairman, SGL TransGroup; Former President, 
North America, Avis Budget Group, Inc.

Jill M. Golder [ B, C ]
Former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, 
Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc.

President and Chief Executive Officer, ABM Industries Incorporated

Wendy M. Webb [ B, D ]
Founder, Kestrel Corporate Advisors

Forward-Looking Statements
This 2021 ABM Annual Report contains both historical and forward-looking statements. Forward-looking 
statements are not based on historical facts but instead reflect our current expectations, estimates or 
projections concerning future results or events. These statements generally can be identified by the use 
of  forward-looking  words  or  phrases  such  as  “believe,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “may,”  “could,”  “intend,” 
“forecast,” “outlook,” or other similar words or phrases. These statements are not guarantees of future 
performance and are inherently subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that 
are difficult to predict and could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated by 
those  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  in  this  2021  ABM  Annual  Report  include,  but  are  not 
limited to, statements regarding our future financial and operating performance and strategic initiatives. 
These statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statement, including but not limited 
to the risks and uncertainties contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
October  31,  2021,  which  is  included  in  this  2021  ABM  Annual  Report.  The  Company  urges  readers  to 
consider  these  risks  and  uncertainties  in  evaluating  its  forward-looking  statements.  The  Company 
cautions readers not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak 
only as of the date made. The Company disclaims any obligation or undertaking to publicly release any 
updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein (or elsewhere) to reflect any 
change  in  the  Company’s  expectations  with  regard  thereto,  or  any  change  in  events,  conditions  or 
circumstances  on  which  any  such  statement  is  made,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future 
events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by the federal securities laws.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Rene Jacobsen
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

Earl Ellis
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Josh Feinberg
Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy and 
Transformation Officer

Sean Mahoney
Executive Vice President, President of Sales and Marketing

Andrea Newborn
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and 
Corporate Secretary

Raul Valentin
Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Dean A. Chin
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer, 
Corporate Controller and Treasurer

ADDITIONAL COMPANY INFORMATION

Listing

New York Stock Exchange

Ticker Symbol

ABM

Registrar and Transfer Agent

Computershare

Web Address: computershare.com/investor
Contact: www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact

Auditors

Additional copies available to stockholders at no charge upon request to:
ABM Investor Relations 

Annual Meeting 

Dividends 

The Company has paid quarterly cash dividends on its Common Stock 

payment of cash dividends on a quarterly basis, subject to the Company’s 
earnings, financial condition and other factors.

2020_ABM_Annual-Report_Wrap.indd   5

2/10/21   10:03 AM

ABM Corporate Headquarters

ABM.com

All rights reserved.

2020_ABM_Annual-Report_Wrap.indd   6

2/10/21   10:03 AM